gtk2/po-properties/gl.po

8950 lines
258 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Normal View History

2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
# Galician translation of gtk+-properties.
# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Jesus Bravo Alvarez
# Proxecto Trasno - Adaptación do software libre á lingua galega: Se desexas
# colaborar connosco, podes atopar máis información en http://www.trasno.net
# First Version: 1999-08-30 18:49+0200
# Based on es.po by Pablo Saratxaga <srtxg@chanae.alphanet.ch>
# and pt.po by Nuno Ferreira <nmrf@rnl.ist.utl.pt>
2006-05-19 18:38:45 +00:00
# Jesus Bravo Alvarez <jba@pobox.com>, 1999, 2000.
# Ignacio Casal Quinteiro <nacho.resa@gmail.com>, 2005, 2006.
# Ignacio Casal Quinteiro <icq@svn.gnome.org>, 2008.
# Mancomún - Centro de Referencia e Servizos de Software Libre <g11n@mancomun.org>, 2009.
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
# Antón Méixome <meixome@mancomun.org>, 2009.
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
# Antón Méixome <meixome@certima.net>, 2009, 2010.
# Fran Diéguez <frandieguez@gnome.org>, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012.
# Leandro Regueiro <leandro.regueiro@gmail.com>, 2012.
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
# Fran Dieguez <frandieguez@gnome.org>, 2012.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"Project-Id-Version: gtk+-master-po-properties-gl-77816____.merged\n"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-24 21:51+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-12-24 21:54+0200\n"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
"Last-Translator: Fran Dieguez <frandieguez@gnome.org>\n"
"Language-Team: gnome-l10n-gl@gnome.org\n"
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
"Language: gl\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkapplaunchcontext.c:129 ../gdk/gdkcursor.c:134
#: ../gdk/gdkdevicemanager.c:170
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Display"
msgstr "Pantalla"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkcursor.c:126
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Cursor type"
msgstr "Tipo de cursor"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkcursor.c:127
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Standard cursor type"
msgstr "Tipo de cursor estándar"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkcursor.c:135
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Display of this cursor"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
msgstr "Visualización deste cursor"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:109
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Device Display"
msgstr "Pantalla do dispositivo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:110
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Display which the device belongs to"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Pantalla á que pertence o dispositivo"
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:124
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Device manager"
msgstr "Xestor de dispositivos"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:125
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Device manager which the device belongs to"
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgstr "Xestor de dispositivos ao que pertence o dispositivos"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:139 ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:140
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Device name"
msgstr "Nome do dispositivo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:154
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Device type"
msgstr "Tipo de dispositivo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:155
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Device role in the device manager"
msgstr "Rol do dispositivo no xestor de dispositivos"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:171
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Associated device"
msgstr "Dispositivo asociado"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:172
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Associated pointer or keyboard with this device"
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgstr "Punteiro ou teclado asociado a este dispositivo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:185
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Input source"
msgstr "Orixe de entrada"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:186
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Source type for the device"
msgstr "Tipo de orixe para o dispositivo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:201 ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:202
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Input mode for the device"
msgstr "Modo de entrada para o dispositivo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:217
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Whether the device has a cursor"
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o dispositivo ten un cursor"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:218
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Whether there is a visible cursor following device motion"
msgstr "Indica se hai un cursor visíbel seguindo o movemento do dispositivo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:232 ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:233
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Number of axes in the device"
msgstr "Número de eixos no dispositivo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevicemanager.c:171
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Display for the device manager"
msgstr "Pantalla para o xestor de dispositivos"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:163
msgid "Default Display"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Pantalla predeterminada"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:164
msgid "The default display for GDK"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Pantalla predeterminada para GDK"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkscreen.c:91
msgid "Font options"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Opcións do tipo de letra"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkscreen.c:92
msgid "The default font options for the screen"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "As opcións predeterminadas do tipo de letra para a pantalla"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkscreen.c:99
msgid "Font resolution"
msgstr "Resolución do tipo de letra"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkscreen.c:100
msgid "The resolution for fonts on the screen"
msgstr "A resolución para os tipos de letra na pantalla"
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkwindow.c:384 ../gdk/gdkwindow.c:385
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgid "Cursor"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Cursor"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:116
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Opcode"
msgstr "Opcode"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:117
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Opcode for XInput2 requests"
msgstr "Opcode para as solicitudes XInput2"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:123
msgid "Major"
msgstr "Maior"
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:124
msgid "Major version number"
msgstr "Número de versión maior"
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:130
msgid "Minor"
msgstr "Menor"
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:131
msgid "Minor version number"
msgstr "Número de versión menor"
2012-03-07 12:09:53 +00:00
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevice-xi2.c:138
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr "ID do dispositivo"
2012-03-07 12:09:53 +00:00
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevice-xi2.c:139
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
msgid "Device identifier"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "Identificador da unidade"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/a11y/gtkrenderercellaccessible.c:97
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Cell renderer"
msgstr "Renderización da cela"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/a11y/gtkrenderercellaccessible.c:98
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The cell renderer represented by this accessible"
msgstr "A renderización da cela representada por este accesíbel"
2012-03-07 12:09:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:323
msgid "Has Opacity Control"
msgstr "Ten un control de opacidade"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:324
msgid "Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity"
msgstr "Indica se o selector de cor pode permitir seleccionar a opacidade"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:330
msgid "Has palette"
msgstr "Ten unha paleta"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:331
msgid "Whether a palette should be used"
msgstr "Indica se se pode usar unha paleta"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:345 ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:203
2012-03-07 12:09:53 +00:00
msgid "Current Color"
msgstr "Cor actual"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:346
msgid "The current color"
msgstr "A cor actual"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:352 ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:218
2012-03-07 12:09:53 +00:00
msgid "Current Alpha"
msgstr "Alfa actual"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:353
msgid "The current opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
msgstr ""
"O valor de opacidade actual (0 é completamente transparente, 65535 é "
"completamente opaco)"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:367
msgid "Current RGBA"
msgstr "RGBA actual"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:368
msgid "The current RGBA color"
msgstr "A cor RGBA actual"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:138
msgid "Color Selection"
msgstr "Selección de cor"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:139
msgid "The color selection embedded in the dialog."
msgstr "A selección de cor incorporada no diálogo."
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:145
msgid "OK Button"
msgstr "Botón Aceptar"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:146
msgid "The OK button of the dialog."
msgstr "O botón Aceptar do diálogo."
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:152
msgid "Cancel Button"
msgstr "Botón Cancelar"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:153
msgid "The cancel button of the dialog."
msgstr "O botón Cancelar do diálogo."
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:159
msgid "Help Button"
msgstr "Botón Axuda"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:160
msgid "The help button of the dialog."
msgstr "O botón Axuda do diálogo."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkfontsel.c:243 ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:450
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Font name"
msgstr "Nome do tipo de letra"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkfontsel.c:244
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The string that represents this font"
msgstr "A cadea que representa este tipo de letra"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkfontsel.c:250 ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:91
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Preview text"
msgstr "Previsualizar o texto"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkfontsel.c:251 ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:92
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The text to display in order to demonstrate the selected font"
msgstr ""
"O texto que mostrar como exemplo para indicar o tipo de letra seleccionado"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c:224 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1064
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:890 ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:213 ../gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:182
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:628 ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:155
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Shadow type"
msgstr "Tipo de sombra"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c:225
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Appearance of the shadow that surrounds the container"
msgstr "Aparencia da sombra que rodea o contedor"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c:233
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Handle position"
msgstr "Posición do manipulador"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c:234
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Position of the handle relative to the child widget"
msgstr "Posición do manipulador en relación ao widget fillo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c:242
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Snap edge"
msgstr "Axustar ao bordo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c:243
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Side of the handlebox that's lined up with the docking point to dock the "
"handlebox"
msgstr ""
"Lado da caixa manipuladora que está aliñado co punto de ancoraxe, para "
"ancorar a caixa manipuladora"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c:251
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Snap edge set"
msgstr "Definición do axuste de bordo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c:252
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to use the value from the snap_edge property or a value derived from "
"handle_position"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se usa o valor da propiedade snap_edge ou un valor derivado de "
"handle_position"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c:259
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Child Detached"
msgstr "Fillo separado"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkhandlebox.c:260
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"A boolean value indicating whether the handlebox's child is attached or "
"detached."
msgstr ""
"Un valor booleano que indica se a caixa de manipulación do fillo está "
"separada ou anexada."
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkstyle.c:474
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Style context"
msgstr "Contexto do estilo"
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkstyle.c:475
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "GtkStyleContext to get style from"
msgstr "GtkStyleContext de onde obter o estilo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:191
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Rows"
msgstr "Filas"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:192
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The number of rows in the table"
msgstr "O número de filas na táboa"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:200
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Columns"
msgstr "Columnas"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:201
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The number of columns in the table"
msgstr "O número de columnas na táboa"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:209 ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1392
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Row spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento de fila"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:210 ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1393
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive rows"
msgstr "A cantidade de espazo entre dúas filas consecutivas"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:218 ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1399
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Column spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento de columna"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:219 ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1400
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive columns"
msgstr "A cantidade de espazo entre dúas columnas consecutivas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:227 ../gtk/gtkbox.c:250
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:560 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1650
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Homogeneous"
msgstr "Homoxéneo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:228
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the table cells are all the same width/height"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, as celas da táboa teñen todas a mesma largura ou altura"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:235 ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1420
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Left attachment"
msgstr "Anexo á esquerda"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:236 ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1421 ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:747
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to"
msgstr "A cantidade de columnas para anexar ao lado esquerdo do fillo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:242
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Right attachment"
msgstr "Anexo á dereita"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:243
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The column number to attach the right side of a child widget to"
msgstr "O número de columnas para anexar ao lado dereito dun widget fillo"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:249 ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1427
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Top attachment"
msgstr "Anexo superior"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:250
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The row number to attach the top of a child widget to"
msgstr "O número de filas para anexar encima do widget fillo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:256
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Bottom attachment"
msgstr "Anexo inferior"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:257 ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:771
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to"
msgstr "O número de filas para anexar debaixo do fillo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:263
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal options"
msgstr "Opcións horizontais"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:264
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Options specifying the horizontal behaviour of the child"
msgstr "Opcións que especifican o comportamento horizontal do fillo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:270
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Vertical options"
msgstr "Opcións verticais"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:271
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Options specifying the vertical behaviour of the child"
msgstr "Opcións que especifican o comportamento vertical do fillo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:277
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal padding"
msgstr "Recheo horizontal"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:278
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in "
"pixels"
msgstr ""
"Espazo adicional en píxeles para colocar entre o fillo e os seus veciños á "
"esquerda e á dereita"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:284
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Vertical padding"
msgstr "Recheo vertical"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:285
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors, in "
"pixels"
msgstr ""
"Espazo adicional en píxeles para colocar entre o fillo e os seus veciños "
"superiores e inferiores"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:287
msgid "Program name"
msgstr "Nome do programa"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:288
msgid ""
"The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"g_get_application_name()"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"O nome do programa. Se non se define, usarase de forma predeterminada "
"g_get_application_name()"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:302
msgid "Program version"
msgstr "Versión do programa"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:303
msgid "The version of the program"
msgstr "A versión do programa"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:317
msgid "Copyright string"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Cadea do copyright"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318
msgid "Copyright information for the program"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Información de copyright do programa"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:335
msgid "Comments string"
msgstr "Cadea de comentarios"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:336
msgid "Comments about the program"
msgstr "Comentarios sobre o programa"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "License Type"
msgstr "Tipo de licenza"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "The license type of the program"
msgstr "O tipo de licenza do programa"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:403
msgid "Website URL"
msgstr "URL do sitio web"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:404
msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program"
msgstr "O URL para a ligazón ao sitio web do programa"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:418
msgid "Website label"
msgstr "Etiqueta do sitio web"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:419
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The label for the link to the website of the program"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "A etiqueta para a ligazón do sitio web do programa"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:435
msgid "Authors"
msgstr "Autores"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:436
msgid "List of authors of the program"
msgstr "Lista de autores do programa"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:452
msgid "Documenters"
msgstr "Documentadores"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:453
msgid "List of people documenting the program"
msgstr "Lista de persoas que documentan o programa"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:469
msgid "Artists"
msgstr "Artistas"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:470
msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Lista de persoas que contribuíu con material gráfico ao programa"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:487
msgid "Translator credits"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Créditos da tradución"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:488
msgid ""
"Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Créditos dos tradutores. Esta cadea debe marcarse como traducíbel"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:503
msgid "Logo"
msgstr "Logotipo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:504
msgid ""
"A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"Un logotipo para a caixa Sobre. Se non se define, o predeterminado é "
"gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:519
msgid "Logo Icon Name"
msgstr "Nome da icona do logotipo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:520
msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box."
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Unha icona con nome para usar como logotipo na caixa «Sobre»."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:533
msgid "Wrap license"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Axustar licenza"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:534
msgid "Whether to wrap the license text."
msgstr "Indica se se debe axustar o texto da licenza."
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:188
msgid "Accelerator Closure"
msgstr "Peche do acelerador"
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:189
msgid "The closure to be monitored for accelerator changes"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "O peche que se vai monitorizar para cambios no acelerador"
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:195
msgid "Accelerator Widget"
msgstr "Widget do acelerador"
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:196
msgid "The widget to be monitored for accelerator changes"
msgstr "O widget que se vai monitorizar para os cambios no acelerador"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccessible.c:158 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:355
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Widget"
msgstr "Widget"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccessible.c:159
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The widget referenced by this accessible."
msgstr "O widget referenciado por este accesíbel"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactionable.c:70
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "action name"
msgstr "nome da acción"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactionable.c:71
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The name of the associated action, like 'app.quit'"
msgstr "O nome da acción seleccionada, por exemplo «app.quit»"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactionable.c:75
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "action target value"
msgstr "acción do valor obxectivo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactionable.c:76
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The parameter for action invocations"
msgstr "O parámetro para accións de invocación"
2012-09-14 23:59:20 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:220 ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:228 ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:123
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextmark.c:126 ../gtk/gtkthemingengine.c:258
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:221
msgid "A unique name for the action."
msgstr "Un nome único para a acción."
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:239 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:232 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:288
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:170 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:721 ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:430
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:239 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1597
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Etiqueta"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:240
msgid "The label used for menu items and buttons that activate this action."
msgstr ""
"A etiqueta usada para os elementos de menú e botóns que activan esta acción."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:256
msgid "Short label"
msgstr "Etiqueta curta"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:257
msgid "A shorter label that may be used on toolbar buttons."
msgstr ""
"Unha etiqueta máis curta que poderá empregarse nos botóns da barra de "
"ferramentas."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:265
msgid "Tooltip"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Suxestión"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:266
msgid "A tooltip for this action."
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Unha suxestión para esta acción."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:281
msgid "Stock Icon"
msgstr "Icona de inventario"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:282
msgid "The stock icon displayed in widgets representing this action."
msgstr ""
"A icona de inventario mostrada nos widgets que representan esta acción."
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:302 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:263
msgid "GIcon"
msgstr "GIcon"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:303 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:246
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:309 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:264
msgid "The GIcon being displayed"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "O GIcon mostrado"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:323 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:211
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:291 ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:172 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:247
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:773
msgid "Icon Name"
msgstr "Nome da icona"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:324 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:212
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:292 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:248
msgid "The name of the icon from the icon theme"
msgstr "O nome da icona do tema de iconas"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:331 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:191
msgid "Visible when horizontal"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Visíbel se é horizontal"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:332 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:192
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a horizontal "
"orientation."
msgstr ""
"Indica se o elemento da barra de ferramentas é visíbel cando a barra de "
"ferramentas está en orientación horizontal."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:347
msgid "Visible when overflown"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Visíbel cando rebosa"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:348
msgid ""
"When TRUE, toolitem proxies for this action are represented in the toolbar "
"overflow menu."
msgstr ""
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
"Cando sexa TRUE, represéntanse os elementos de proximidade para esta acción "
"no menú de rebosamento da barra de ferramentas."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:355 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:198
msgid "Visible when vertical"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Visíbel se é vertical"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:356 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:199
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a vertical "
"orientation."
msgstr ""
"Indica se o elemento da barra de ferramentas é visíbel cando a barra de "
"ferramentas está en orientación vertical."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:363 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:205
msgid "Is important"
msgstr "É importante"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:364
msgid ""
"Whether the action is considered important. When TRUE, toolitem proxies for "
"this action show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode."
msgstr ""
"Indica se a acción se considera importante. Cando é TRUE, os proxies "
"toolitem mostran o texto no modo GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:372
msgid "Hide if empty"
msgstr "Ocultar se está baleiro"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:373
msgid "When TRUE, empty menu proxies for this action are hidden."
msgstr ""
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
"Cando sexa TRUE, os elementos de proximidade baleiros do menú para esta "
"acción ocúltanse."
2012-09-14 23:59:20 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:379 ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:235
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:296 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1024
msgid "Sensitive"
msgstr "Sensíbel"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:380
msgid "Whether the action is enabled."
msgstr "Indica se a acción está activada."
2012-09-14 23:59:20 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:386 ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:242
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:298 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:247
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1017
msgid "Visible"
msgstr "Visíbel"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:387
msgid "Whether the action is visible."
msgstr "Indica se a acción é visíbel."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:393
msgid "Action Group"
msgstr "Grupo de acción"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:394
msgid ""
"The GtkActionGroup this GtkAction is associated with, or NULL (for internal "
"use)."
msgstr ""
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
"O GtkActionGroup co que esta GtkAction está asociada, ou NULL (para uso "
"interno)."
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:412 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:353 ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:192
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Always show image"
msgstr "Mostrar sempre a imaxe"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:413 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:354 ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:193
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Whether the image will always be shown"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se se mostra sempre a imaxe sempre"
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
2012-09-14 23:59:20 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:229
msgid "A name for the action group."
msgstr "Un nome para o grupo da acción."
2012-09-14 23:59:20 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:236
msgid "Whether the action group is enabled."
msgstr "Indica se o grupo de acción está activado."
2012-09-14 23:59:20 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:243
msgid "Whether the action group is visible."
msgstr "Indica se o grupo de acción é visíbel."
2012-09-14 23:59:20 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:249
msgid "Accelerator Group"
msgstr "Grupo da tecla rápida"
#: ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:250
msgid "The accelerator group the actions of this group should use."
msgstr "O acelerador agrupa as accións que este grupo debería usar."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactivatable.c:287
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Related Action"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Acción relacionada"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactivatable.c:288
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "The action this activatable will activate and receive updates from"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "A acción que activará este activábel e do cal recibirá actualizacións"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactivatable.c:310
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Use Action Appearance"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Usar aparencia de acción"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactivatable.c:311
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether to use the related actions appearance properties"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica se se deben usar as propiedades de aparencia das accións relacionadas"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:121 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:136
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:218 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:397
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Valor"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:122
msgid "The value of the adjustment"
msgstr "O valor do axuste"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:138
msgid "Minimum Value"
msgstr "Valor mínimo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:139
msgid "The minimum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "O valor mínimo do axuste"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:158
msgid "Maximum Value"
msgstr "Valor máximo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:159
msgid "The maximum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "O valor máximo do axuste"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:175
msgid "Step Increment"
msgstr "Incremento de paso"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:176
msgid "The step increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "O incremento de paso do axuste"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:192
msgid "Page Increment"
msgstr "Incremento de páxina"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:193
msgid "The page increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "O incremento de páxina do axuste"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:212
msgid "Page Size"
msgstr "Tamaño de páxina"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:213
msgid "The page size of the adjustment"
msgstr "O tamaño de páxina do axuste"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:135
msgid "Horizontal alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento horizontal"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:136 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:283
msgid ""
"Horizontal position of child in available space. 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 is "
"right aligned"
msgstr ""
"Posición horizontal do fillo no espazo dispoñíbel. 0.0 é aliñado á esquerda, "
"1.0 é aliñado á dereita"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:145
msgid "Vertical alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento vertical"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:146 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:302
msgid ""
"Vertical position of child in available space. 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is "
"bottom aligned"
msgstr ""
"Posición vertical do fillo no espazo dispoñíbel. 0.0 é aliñado arriba, 1.0 é "
"aliñado abaixo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:154
msgid "Horizontal scale"
msgstr "Escala horizontal"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:155
msgid ""
"If available horizontal space is bigger than needed for the child, how much "
"of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
msgstr ""
"Se o espazo horizontal dispoñíbel é maior que o necesitado para o fillo, "
"canto se debe usar para o fillo. 0.0 significa nada, 1.0 significa todo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:163
msgid "Vertical scale"
msgstr "Escala vertical"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:164
msgid ""
"If available vertical space is bigger than needed for the child, how much of "
"it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
msgstr ""
"Se o espazo vertical dispoñíbel é maior que o necesario para o fillo, canto "
"se debe usar para o fillo. 0.0 significa nada, 1.0 significa todo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:181
msgid "Top Padding"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Separación superior"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:182
msgid "The padding to insert at the top of the widget."
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "A separación a introducir por encima do widget."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:198
msgid "Bottom Padding"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Separación inferior"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:199
msgid "The padding to insert at the bottom of the widget."
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "A separación a introducir por debaixo do widget."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:215
msgid "Left Padding"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Separación poa esquerda"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:216
msgid "The padding to insert at the left of the widget."
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "A separación a introducir á esquerda do widget."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:232
msgid "Right Padding"
msgstr "Recheo á dereita"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:233
msgid "The padding to insert at the right of the widget."
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "A separación a introducir á dereita do widget."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:614
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
msgid "Include an 'Other…' item"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Incluír un elemento «Outro…»"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:615
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the combobox should include an item that triggers a "
"GtkAppChooserDialog"
msgstr ""
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
"Indica se a caixa de combo debería incluír un elemento que dispare un "
"GtkAppChooserDialog"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:631
msgid "Show default item"
msgstr "Mostrar o elemento predeterminado"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:632
msgid "Whether the combobox should show the default application on top"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr ""
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
"Indica se a caixa combinada debería mostrar o aplicativo predeterminado na "
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
"parte superior"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:645 ../gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:757
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
msgid "Heading"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Cabeceira"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:646 ../gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:758
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
msgid "The text to show at the top of the dialog"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "O texto que mostrar na parte superior do widget."
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooser.c:73
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Content type"
msgstr "Tipo de contido"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooser.c:74
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The content type used by the open with object"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "O tipo de contido usado para abrir cun obxecto"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:743
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "GFile"
msgstr "GFile"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:744
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The GFile used by the app chooser dialog"
msgstr "O GFile usado polo diálogo de selección de aplicativo"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1026
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Show default app"
msgstr "Mostrar o aplicativo predeterminado"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1027
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget should show the default application"
msgstr "Indica se o widget debería mostrar o aplicativo predeterminado"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1041
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Show recommended apps"
msgstr "Mostrar os aplicativos recomendados"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1042
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget should show recommended applications"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o widget deberían mostrar aplicativos recomendados"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1056
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Show fallback apps"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Mostrar aplicativos alternativos"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1057
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget should show fallback applications"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o widget debería mostrar os aplicativos alternativos"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1069
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Show other apps"
msgstr "Mostrar outros aplicativos"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1070
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget should show other applications"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o widget deberían mostrar outros aplicativos"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1083
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Show all apps"
msgstr "Mostrar tódolos aplicativos"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1084
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget should show all applications"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o widget deberían mostrar tódolos aplicativos"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1098
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Widget's default text"
msgstr "Texto predeterminado do widget"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1099
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The default text appearing when there are no applications"
msgstr "O texto predeterminado que aparece cando non hai aplicativos"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkapplication.c:738
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Register session"
msgstr "Rexistrar sesión"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkapplication.c:739
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Register with the session manager"
msgstr "Rexistrar co xestor de sesións"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkapplication.c:744
2012-02-05 22:45:17 +00:00
msgid "Application menu"
msgstr "Menú de aplicativo"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkapplication.c:745
2012-02-05 22:45:17 +00:00
msgid "The GMenuModel for the application menu"
msgstr "O GMenModel para o menú de aplicativos"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkapplication.c:751
2012-02-05 22:45:17 +00:00
msgid "Menubar"
msgstr "Barra de menú"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkapplication.c:752
2012-02-05 22:45:17 +00:00
msgid "The GMenuModel for the menubar"
msgstr "O GMenuModel para a barra de menú"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkapplication.c:758
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
msgid "Active window"
msgstr "Xanela activa"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkapplication.c:759
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
msgid "The window which most recently had focus"
msgstr "A xanela que tivo o foco máis recentemente"
#: ../gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.c:989
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Show a menubar"
msgstr "Mostrar unha barra de menú"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.c:990
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the window should show a menubar at the top of the window"
msgstr ""
"Certo se a xanela debe mostrar unha barra de menú na parte superior da xanela"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:110
msgid "Arrow direction"
msgstr "Dirección da frecha"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:111
msgid "The direction the arrow should point"
msgstr "A dirección á que a frecha deberá apuntar"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:119
msgid "Arrow shadow"
msgstr "Sombra da frecha"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:120
msgid "Appearance of the shadow surrounding the arrow"
msgstr "Aparencia da sombra que rodea a frecha"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:127 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1048 ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:784
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:506
msgid "Arrow Scaling"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Escalado da frecha"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:128
msgid "Amount of space used up by arrow"
msgstr "Cantidade de espazo ocupado por frecha"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:107 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1212
msgid "Horizontal Alignment"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Aliñamentoo horizontal"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:108
msgid "X alignment of the child"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Aliñamentoo X do fillo"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:114 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1228
msgid "Vertical Alignment"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Aliñamentoo vertical"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:115
msgid "Y alignment of the child"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Aliñamentoo Y do fillo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:121
msgid "Ratio"
msgstr "Proporción"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:122
msgid "Aspect ratio if obey_child is FALSE"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Proporción se obey_child é FALSE"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:128
msgid "Obey child"
msgstr "Obedecer ao fillo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:129
msgid "Force aspect ratio to match that of the frame's child"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Forzar a proporción para que coincida coa do fillo do marco"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:315
msgid "Header Padding"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Separación da cabeceira"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:316
msgid "Number of pixels around the header."
msgstr "Número de píxeles ao redor da cabeceira."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:323
msgid "Content Padding"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Separación do contido"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:324
msgid "Number of pixels around the content pages."
msgstr "Número de píxeles ao redor das páxinas de contidos."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:340
msgid "Page type"
msgstr "Tipo de páxina"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:341
msgid "The type of the assistant page"
msgstr "O tipo da páxina do asistente"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:356
msgid "Page title"
msgstr "Título da páxina"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:357
msgid "The title of the assistant page"
msgstr "O título da páxina do asistente"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:374
msgid "Header image"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Imaxe da cabeceira"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:375
msgid "Header image for the assistant page"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Imaxe da cabeceira para a páxina do asistente"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:391
msgid "Sidebar image"
msgstr "Imaxe da barra lateral"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:392
msgid "Sidebar image for the assistant page"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Imaxe da barra lateral para a páxina do asistente"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:408
msgid "Page complete"
msgstr "Páxina completa"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:409
msgid "Whether all required fields on the page have been filled out"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se todos os campos requiridos na páxina foron recheados"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:158
msgid "Minimum child width"
msgstr "Largura mínima do fillo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:159
msgid "Minimum width of buttons inside the box"
msgstr "A largura mínima dos botóns dentro da caixa"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:167
msgid "Minimum child height"
msgstr "Altura mínima do fillo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:168
msgid "Minimum height of buttons inside the box"
msgstr "A altura mínima dos botóns dentro da caixa"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:176
msgid "Child internal width padding"
msgstr "Largura interna de recheo do fillo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:177
msgid "Amount to increase child's size on either side"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Cantidade na que se incrementa o tamaño do fillo por cada lado"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:185
msgid "Child internal height padding"
msgstr "Altura interna de recheo do fillo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:186
msgid "Amount to increase child's size on the top and bottom"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Cantidade en que se aumenta o tamaño do fillo por arriba e embaixo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:194
msgid "Layout style"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Estilo da disposición"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:195
msgid ""
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
"How to lay out the buttons in the box. Possible values are: spread, edge, "
2010-08-17 16:35:35 +00:00
"start and end"
msgstr ""
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
"Como dispor os botóns na caixa. Os valores posíbeis son: "
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
"«spread» (espallados), «edge» (bordos), «start» (inicio) e «end» (final)"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:203
msgid "Secondary"
msgstr "Secundario"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:204
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the child appears in a secondary group of children, suitable for, e."
"g., help buttons"
msgstr ""
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
"Se é TRUE, o fillo aparece nun grupo secundario de fillos; axeitado para, "
"por exemplo, botóns de axuda"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:211
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "Non-Homogeneous"
msgstr "Non homoxéneo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:212
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the child will not be subject to homogeneous sizing"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, o fillo non será obxecto de tamaño homoxéneo"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:240 ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:315 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:312
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:512 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:282
msgid "Spacing"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Espaciado"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:241
msgid "The amount of space between children"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "A cantidade de espazo entre fillos"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:251
msgid "Whether the children should all be the same size"
msgstr "Indica se todos os fillos deben ser do mesmo tamaño"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:271 ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:335 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:552
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1657 ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1075
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:338
msgid "Expand"
msgstr "Expandir"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:272
msgid "Whether the child should receive extra space when the parent grows"
msgstr "Indica se o fillo debe recibir espazo adicional cando o pai crece"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:288 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1664
msgid "Fill"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Recheo"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:289
msgid ""
"Whether extra space given to the child should be allocated to the child or "
"used as padding"
msgstr ""
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
"Indica se o espazo adicional dado ao fillo debe reservarse para o fillo ou "
"usado como separación"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:296 ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:167
msgid "Padding"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Separación"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:297
msgid "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels"
msgstr ""
"Espazo adicional para colocar entre o fillo e os seus veciños, en píxeles"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:303
msgid "Pack type"
msgstr "Tipo de empaquetado"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:304
msgid ""
"A GtkPackType indicating whether the child is packed with reference to the "
"start or end of the parent"
msgstr ""
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
"Un GtkPackType que indica se o fillo está empaquetado con relación ao inicio "
"ou ao final do pai"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:310 ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:768 ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:348
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1678
msgid "Position"
msgstr "Posición"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:311 ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:769
msgid "The index of the child in the parent"
msgstr "O índice do fillo no pai"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbuilder.c:307
msgid "Translation Domain"
msgstr "Dominio de tradución"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbuilder.c:308
msgid "The translation domain used by gettext"
msgstr "O dominio de tradución usado por gettext"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:233
msgid ""
"Text of the label widget inside the button, if the button contains a label "
"widget"
msgstr ""
"Texto da etiqueta do widget dentro do botón, se o botón contén unha etiqueta "
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
"do widget"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:240 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:296 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:742
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:445 ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:246
msgid "Use underline"
msgstr "Usar subliñado"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:241 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:297 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:743
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:446
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used "
"for the mnemonic accelerator key"
msgstr ""
"Se se define, un subliñado no texto indica que o seguinte carácter debería "
"usarse para a tecla rápida mnemónica"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:248 ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:173
msgid "Use stock"
msgstr "Usar inventario"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:249
msgid ""
"If set, the label is used to pick a stock item instead of being displayed"
msgstr ""
"Se se estabelece, a etiqueta úsase para seleccionar un elemento do "
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
"inventario no lugar de para mostrarse"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:256 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:854
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:425
msgid "Focus on click"
msgstr "Enfocar ao premer"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:257 ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:426
msgid "Whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
msgstr "Indica se o botón captura o foco cando se preme co rato"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:264
msgid "Border relief"
msgstr "Relevo do bordo"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:265
msgid "The border relief style"
msgstr "Estilo de relevo do bordo"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:282
msgid "Horizontal alignment for child"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Aliñamentoo horizontal para o fillo"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:301
msgid "Vertical alignment for child"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Aliñamentoo vertical para o fillo"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:318 ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:158
msgid "Image widget"
msgstr "Widget de imaxe"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:319
msgid "Child widget to appear next to the button text"
msgstr "Widget fillo que aparecerá ao lado do texto do botón"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:333
msgid "Image position"
msgstr "Posición da imaxe"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:334
msgid "The position of the image relative to the text"
msgstr "A posición da imaxe en relación ao texto"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:476
msgid "Default Spacing"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Espazamento predeterminado"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:477
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Espazo adicional que engadir para os botóns GTK_CAN_DEFAULT"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:491
msgid "Default Outside Spacing"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Espazamento exterior predeterminado"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:492
msgid ""
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
"Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons that is always drawn outside "
"the border"
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"Espazo adicional que engadir para os botóns GTK_CAN_DEFAULT que son sempre "
"debuxados fóra do bordo"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:497
msgid "Child X Displacement"
msgstr "Desprazamento X do fillo"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:498
msgid ""
"How far in the x direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
"Distancia na dirección X que debe moverse o fillo cando se solta o botón"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:505
msgid "Child Y Displacement"
msgstr "Desprazamento Y do fillo"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:506
msgid ""
"How far in the y direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
"Distancia na dirección Y que debe moverse o fillo cando se solta o botón"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:522
msgid "Displace focus"
msgstr "Desprazar o foco"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:523
msgid ""
"Whether the child_displacement_x/_y properties should also affect the focus "
"rectangle"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as propiedades child_displacement_x/_y deberían afectar tamén ao "
"rectángulo do foco"
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:539 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:797 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1941
msgid "Inner Border"
msgstr "Bordo interior"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:540
msgid "Border between button edges and child."
msgstr "Bordo entre os bordos do botón e o fillo."
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:553
msgid "Image spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento da imaxe"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:554
msgid "Spacing in pixels between the image and label"
msgstr "Espazamento en píxeles entre a imaxe e a etiqueta"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:469
msgid "Year"
msgstr "Ano"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:470
msgid "The selected year"
msgstr "O ano seleccionado"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:483
msgid "Month"
msgstr "Mes"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:484
msgid "The selected month (as a number between 0 and 11)"
msgstr "O mes seleccionado (como número entre 0 e 11)"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:498
msgid "Day"
msgstr "Día"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:499
msgid ""
"The selected day (as a number between 1 and 31, or 0 to unselect the "
"currently selected day)"
msgstr ""
"O día seleccionado (como un número entre 1 e 31 ou 0 para anular a selección "
"do día seleccionado actualmente)"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:513
msgid "Show Heading"
msgstr "Mostrar a cabeceira"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:514
msgid "If TRUE, a heading is displayed"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, móstrase unha cabeceira"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:528
msgid "Show Day Names"
msgstr "Mostrar os nomes dos días"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:529
msgid "If TRUE, day names are displayed"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, móstranse os nomes dos días"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:542
msgid "No Month Change"
msgstr "Sen cambio de mes"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:543
msgid "If TRUE, the selected month cannot be changed"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Se é TRUE, non será posíbel cambiar o mes seleccionado"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:557
msgid "Show Week Numbers"
msgstr "Mostrar os números de semana"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:558
msgid "If TRUE, week numbers are displayed"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, móstranse os números de semana"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:573
msgid "Details Width"
msgstr "Largura dos detalles"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:574
msgid "Details width in characters"
msgstr "A largura dos detalles en caracteres"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:589
msgid "Details Height"
msgstr "Altura dos detalles"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:590
msgid "Details height in rows"
msgstr "A altura dos detalles en caracteres"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:606
msgid "Show Details"
msgstr "Mostrar os detalles"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:607
msgid "If TRUE, details are shown"
msgstr "Se é TRUE móstranse os detalles"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:619
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
msgid "Inner border"
msgstr "Bordo interior"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:620
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
msgid "Inner border space"
msgstr "Espacio do bordo interior"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:631
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
msgid "Vertical separation"
msgstr "Separación vertical"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:632
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
msgid "Space between day headers and main area"
msgstr "Espazo entre as cabeceiras de día e o área principal"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:643
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal separation"
msgstr "Separación horizontal"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:644
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
msgid "Space between week headers and main area"
msgstr "Espazo entre as cabeceiras de semana e o área principal"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:316 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:283
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells"
msgstr "Espazo que se introduce entre as celas"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:336
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether the cell expands"
msgstr "Indica se a cela se expande"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:351
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Align"
msgstr "Aliñar"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:352
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether cell should align with adjacent rows"
msgstr "Indica se a cela debería aliñarse coas filas adxacentes"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:368
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Fixed Size"
msgstr "Tamaño fixo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:369
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether cells should be the same size in all rows"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se todas as celas deben ter o mesmo tamaño en todas as filas"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:385
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Pack Type"
msgstr "Tipo de empaquetado"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:386
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid ""
"A GtkPackType indicating whether the cell is packed with reference to the "
"start or end of the cell area"
msgstr ""
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
"Un GtkPackType que indica se a cela está empaquetada con referencia ao "
"inicio ou o final da área da cela"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2012-03-07 12:09:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellarea.c:803
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Focus Cell"
msgstr "Cela engocada"
2012-03-07 12:09:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellarea.c:804
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The cell which currently has focus"
msgstr "A cela que está enfocada actualmente"
2012-03-07 12:09:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellarea.c:822
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Edited Cell"
msgstr "Cela editada"
2012-03-07 12:09:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellarea.c:823
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The cell which is currently being edited"
msgstr "A cela que está editándose actualmente"
2012-03-07 12:09:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellarea.c:841
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Edit Widget"
msgstr "Widget editada"
2012-03-07 12:09:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellarea.c:842
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The widget currently editing the edited cell"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
msgstr "O widget que actualmente está editando a cela editada"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:117
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Area"
msgstr "Área"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:118
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The Cell Area this context was created for"
msgstr "A área da cela para a que se creou este contexto"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:134 ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:153
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:310
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Width"
msgstr "Largura mínima"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:135 ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:154
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Minimum cached width"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
msgstr "Anchura mínima cacheada"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:172 ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:191
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Height"
msgstr "Altura mínima"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:173 ../gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:192
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Minimum cached height"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
msgstr "Altura mínima cacheada"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:51
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
msgid "Editing Canceled"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Edición cancelada"
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:52
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
msgid "Indicates that editing has been canceled"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Indica que a edición foi cancelada"
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:148
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator key"
msgstr "Tecla rápida"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:149
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The keyval of the accelerator"
msgstr "O valor (keyval) da tecla rápida"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:165
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator modifiers"
msgstr "Modificadores de tecla rápida"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:166
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The modifier mask of the accelerator"
msgstr "A máscara do modificador da tecla rápida"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:183
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator keycode"
msgstr "Código de tecla da tecla rápida"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:184
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The hardware keycode of the accelerator"
msgstr "O código de tecla de hardware da tecla rápida"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:203
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator Mode"
msgstr "Modo de teclas rápidas"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:204
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The type of accelerators"
msgstr "O tipo de teclas rápidas"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:280
msgid "mode"
msgstr "modo"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:281
msgid "Editable mode of the CellRenderer"
msgstr "Modo editábel do CellRenderer"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:289
msgid "visible"
msgstr "visíbel"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:290
msgid "Display the cell"
msgstr "Mostrar a cela"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:297
msgid "Display the cell sensitive"
msgstr "Mostrar a cela sensíbel"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:304
msgid "xalign"
msgstr "xalign"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:305
msgid "The x-align"
msgstr "O aliñamento x"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:314
msgid "yalign"
msgstr "yalign"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:315
msgid "The y-align"
msgstr "O aliñamento y"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:324
msgid "xpad"
msgstr "xpad"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:325
msgid "The xpad"
msgstr "O xpad"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:334
msgid "ypad"
msgstr "ypad"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:335
msgid "The ypad"
msgstr "O ypad"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:344
msgid "width"
msgstr "largura"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:345
msgid "The fixed width"
msgstr "A largura fixa"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:354
msgid "height"
msgstr "altura"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:355
msgid "The fixed height"
msgstr "A altura fixa"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:364
msgid "Is Expander"
msgstr "É expansor"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:365
msgid "Row has children"
msgstr "A fila ten fillos"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:373
msgid "Is Expanded"
msgstr "Está expandido"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:374
msgid "Row is an expander row, and is expanded"
msgstr "A fila é unha fila de expansor e está expandida"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:381
msgid "Cell background color name"
msgstr "Nome da cor de fondo da cela"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:382
msgid "Cell background color as a string"
msgstr "Cor de fondo da cela como unha cadea"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:396
msgid "Cell background color"
msgstr "Cor de fondo da cela"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:397
msgid "Cell background color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Cor de fondo da cela como unha GdkColor"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:410
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Cell background RGBA color"
msgstr "Cor de fondo RGBA da cela"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:411
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Cell background color as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Cor de fondo da cela como GdkRGBA"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:418
msgid "Editing"
msgstr "Editando"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:419
msgid "Whether the cell renderer is currently in editing mode"
msgstr "Indica se o renderizador de cela está actualmente no modo de edición"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:427
msgid "Cell background set"
msgstr "Definición do fondo da cela"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:428
msgid "Whether the cell background color is set"
msgstr "Indica se a cor de fondo da cela está estabelecida"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:128
msgid "Model"
msgstr "Modelo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:129
msgid "The model containing the possible values for the combo box"
msgstr "O modelo que contén os valores posíbeis para a caixa de combinación"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:151
msgid "Text Column"
msgstr "Columna de texto"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:152
msgid "A column in the data source model to get the strings from"
msgstr "Unha columna no modelo de orixe de datos da que se obteñen as cadeas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:169 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:921
msgid "Has Entry"
msgstr "Ten entrada"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:170
msgid "If FALSE, don't allow to enter strings other than the chosen ones"
msgstr "Se é FALSE, non permitir introducir cadeas distintas das escollidas"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:151
msgid "Pixbuf Object"
msgstr "Obxecto pixbuf"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:152
msgid "The pixbuf to render"
msgstr "O pixbuf para renderizar"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:159
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Open"
msgstr "O pixbuf do expansor aberto"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:160
msgid "Pixbuf for open expander"
msgstr "O pixbuf para o expansor aberto"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:167
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Closed"
msgstr "O pixbuf do expansor pechado"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:168
msgid "Pixbuf for closed expander"
msgstr "O pixbuf para o expansor pechado"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:175 ../gtk/gtkimage.c:233
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:239
msgid "Stock ID"
msgstr "ID de inventario"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:176
msgid "The stock ID of the stock icon to render"
msgstr "O ID de inventario da icona de inventario para renderizar"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:183 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:157
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:308 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:280
msgid "Size"
msgstr "Tamaño"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:184
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered icon"
msgstr "O valor do GtkIconSize que especifica o tamaño da icona renderizada"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:193
msgid "Detail"
msgstr "Detalle"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:194
msgid "Render detail to pass to the theme engine"
msgstr "Detalle de renderizado para pasar ao motor de temas"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:227
msgid "Follow State"
msgstr "Seguir o estado"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:228
msgid "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to the state"
msgstr "Indica se o pixbuf renderizado debería colorearse de acordo co estado"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:245 ../gtk/gtkimage.c:308
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:719
msgid "Icon"
msgstr "Icona"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:137
msgid "Value of the progress bar"
msgstr "Valor da barra de progreso"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:154 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:255
#: ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:350 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:841
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:230 ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:174
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:219
msgid "Text"
msgstr "Texto"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:155
msgid "Text on the progress bar"
msgstr "Texto na barra de progreso"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:178 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:143
msgid "Pulse"
msgstr "Pulsación"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:179
msgid ""
"Set this to positive values to indicate that some progress is made, but you "
"don't know how much."
msgstr ""
"Defina isto con valores positivos para indicar que se realiza algún "
"progreso, mais non se sabe canto."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:195
msgid "Text x alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento x do texto"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:196
msgid ""
"The horizontal text alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."
msgstr ""
"O aliñamento horizontal do texto, desde 0 (esquerda) até 1 (dereita). Ao "
"revés para disposicións RTL."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:212
msgid "Text y alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento y do texto"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:213
msgid "The vertical text alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)."
msgstr "O aliñamento vertical do texto, desde 0 (superior) até 1 (inferior)."
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:224 ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:991
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:150 ../gtk/gtkrange.c:432
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Inverted"
msgstr "Invertido"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:225 ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:151
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Invert the direction in which the progress bar grows"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Inverter a dirección na que crece a barra de progreso"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:113 ../gtk/gtkrange.c:424
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:237 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:336
msgid "Adjustment"
msgstr "Axuste"
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:114 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:337
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spin button"
msgstr "O axuste que mantén o valor do botón de axuste"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:129
msgid "Climb rate"
msgstr "Taxa de incremento"
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:130 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:345
msgid "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button"
msgstr "A taxa de aceleración cando mantén premido un botón"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:143 ../gtk/gtkscale.c:309
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:354
msgid "Digits"
msgstr "Díxitos"
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:144 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:355
msgid "The number of decimal places to display"
msgstr "O número de lugares decimais que se vai mostrar"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:125 ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:120
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:554 ../gtk/gtkspinner.c:114 ../gtk/gtkswitch.c:814
#: ../gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:131 ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:173
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c:125
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Active"
msgstr "Activo"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:126
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the spinner is active (ie. shown) in the cell"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o spinner está activo (p.ex mostrado) na cela"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:144
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Pulse of the spinner"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Pulso do spinner"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:158
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered spinner"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "O valor do GtkIconSize que especifica o tamaño do spinner renderizado"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:256
msgid "Text to render"
msgstr "Texto para renderizar"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:263
msgid "Markup"
msgstr "Marcación"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:264
msgid "Marked up text to render"
msgstr "Texto marcado para renderizar"
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:271 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1410
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:728
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr "Atributos"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:272
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the renderer"
msgstr ""
"Unha lista de atributos de estilo para aplicar ao texto do renderizador"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:279
msgid "Single Paragraph Mode"
msgstr "Modo de parágrafo único"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:280
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether to keep all text in a single paragraph"
msgstr "Indica se debe manterse ou non todo o texto nun só parágrafo"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:288 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:189
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:203
msgid "Background color name"
msgstr "Nome da cor de fondo"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:289 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:190
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:204
msgid "Background color as a string"
msgstr "Cor de fondo como unha cadea"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:303 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:204
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:218
msgid "Background color"
msgstr "Cor de fondo"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:304 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:205
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:219
msgid "Background color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Cor de fondo como unha GdkColor"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:318
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Background color as RGBA"
msgstr "Nome do cor de fondo como RGBA"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:319 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:219
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:234
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Background color as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Cor de fondo como GdkRBGA"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:325 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:249
msgid "Foreground color name"
msgstr "Nome da cor de primeiro plano"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:326 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:250
msgid "Foreground color as a string"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano como unha cadea"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:340 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:264
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:135
msgid "Foreground color"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:341 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:265
msgid "Foreground color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano como unha GdkColor"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:355
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color as RGBA"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano como RGBA"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:356 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:280
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano como GdkRGBA"
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:364 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:755
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:296 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:704
msgid "Editable"
msgstr "Editábel"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:365 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:297
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:705
msgid "Whether the text can be modified by the user"
msgstr "Indica se o usuario pode modificar o texto"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:372 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:380
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:65 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:312 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:320
msgid "Font"
msgstr "Tipo de letra"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:373 ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:66
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:313
msgid "Font description as a string, e.g. \"Sans Italic 12\""
msgstr ""
"Descrición do tipo de letra como unha cadea, por exemplo \"Sans Italic 12\""
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:381 ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:79
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:321
msgid "Font description as a PangoFontDescription struct"
msgstr "Descrición do tipo de letra como unha estrutura PangoFontDescription"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:389 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:328
msgid "Font family"
msgstr "Familia do tipo de letra"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:390 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:329
msgid "Name of the font family, e.g. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace"
msgstr ""
"Nome da familia do tipo de letra, por exemplo Sans, Helvética, Times ou "
"Monospace"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:397 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:398
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:336
msgid "Font style"
msgstr "Estilo do tipo de letra"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:406 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:407
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:345
msgid "Font variant"
msgstr "Variante do tipo de letra"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:415 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:416
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:354
msgid "Font weight"
msgstr "Grosor do tipo de letra"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:425 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:426
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:365
msgid "Font stretch"
msgstr "Expandir o tipo de letra"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:434 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:435
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:374
msgid "Font size"
msgstr "Tamaño do tipo de letra"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:444 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:394
msgid "Font points"
msgstr "Puntos do tipo de letra"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:445 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:395
msgid "Font size in points"
msgstr "Tamaño do tipo de letra en puntos"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:454 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:384
msgid "Font scale"
msgstr "Escala do tipo de letra"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:455
msgid "Font scaling factor"
msgstr "Factor de escalado do tipo de letra"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:464 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:463
msgid "Rise"
msgstr "Elevación"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:465
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative)"
msgstr ""
"Desprazamento do texto sobre a liña base (por debaixo da liña base se a "
"elevación é negativa)"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:476 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:503
msgid "Strikethrough"
msgstr "Riscado"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:477 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:504
msgid "Whether to strike through the text"
msgstr "Indica se se risca o texto"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:484 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:511
msgid "Underline"
msgstr "Subliñado"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:485 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:512
msgid "Style of underline for this text"
msgstr "Estilo de subliñado para este texto"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:493 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:423
msgid "Language"
msgstr "Idioma"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:494
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If you don't understand this parameter, you "
"probably don't need it"
msgstr ""
"O idioma en que está este texto como un código ISO. O Pango pode empregar "
"isto como unha axuda cando está renderizando o texto. Se non comprende este "
"parámetro probabelmente non o necesite"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:514 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:853
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:218
msgid "Ellipsize"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgstr "Elipsis"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:515
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
"O lugar preferido para a elipse a cadea, se o renderizador da cela non ten "
"espazo suficiente para mostrar a cadea completa"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:534 ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:453
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:874
msgid "Width In Characters"
msgstr "Largura en caracteres"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:535 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:875
msgid "The desired width of the label, in characters"
msgstr "A largura desexada da etiqueta, en caracteres"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:559 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:935
2010-08-23 00:22:00 +00:00
msgid "Maximum Width In Characters"
msgstr "Largura máxima en caracteres"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:560
2010-08-23 00:22:00 +00:00
msgid "The maximum width of the cell, in characters"
msgstr "A largura máxima da cela, en caracteres"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:578 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:520
msgid "Wrap mode"
msgstr "Modo de axuste"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:579
msgid ""
"How to break the string into multiple lines, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
"Como romper a cadea en liñas múltiples, se o renderizador da cela non ten "
"suficiente espazo para mostrar a cadea completa"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:598 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:743
msgid "Wrap width"
msgstr "Largura de axuste"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:599
msgid "The width at which the text is wrapped"
msgstr "A largura á que o texto se axustará"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:619 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:363
msgid "Alignment"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "Aliñamentooo"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:620
msgid "How to align the lines"
msgstr "Como aliñar as liñas"
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:636 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1007
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
msgid "Placeholder text"
msgstr "Escribir aquí"
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:637
msgid "Text rendered when an editable cell is empty"
msgstr "Texto que se mostra cando unha cela editábel está baleira"
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:647 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:323
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:625
msgid "Background set"
msgstr "Definición do fondo"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:648 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:324
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:626
msgid "Whether this tag affects the background color"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á cor de fondo"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:651 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:633
msgid "Foreground set"
msgstr "Definición do primeiro plano"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:652 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:634
msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground color"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á cor de primeiro plano"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:655 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:637
msgid "Editability set"
msgstr "Definición da editabilidade"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:656 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:638
msgid "Whether this tag affects text editability"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á editabilidade do texto"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:659 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:641
msgid "Font family set"
msgstr "Definición da familia do tipo de letra"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:660 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:642
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font family"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á familia do tipo de letra"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:663 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:645
msgid "Font style set"
msgstr "Definición do estilo do tipo de letra"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:664 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:646
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font style"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao estilo do tipo de letra"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:667 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:649
msgid "Font variant set"
msgstr "Definición da variante do tipo de letra"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:668 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:650
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font variant"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á variante do tipo de letra"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:671 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:653
msgid "Font weight set"
msgstr "Definición do grosor do tipo de letra"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:672 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:654
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font weight"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao grosor do tipo de letra"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:675 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:657
msgid "Font stretch set"
msgstr "Definición da expansión do tipo de letra"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:676 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:658
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font stretch"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á expansión do tipo de letra"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:679 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:661
msgid "Font size set"
msgstr "Definición do tamaño do tipo de letra"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:680 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:662
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font size"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao tamaño do tipo de letra"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:683 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:665
msgid "Font scale set"
msgstr "Definición da escala do tipo de letra"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:684 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:666
msgid "Whether this tag scales the font size by a factor"
msgstr "Indica se esta etiqueta escala o tamaño do tipo de letra por un factor"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:687 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:685
msgid "Rise set"
msgstr "Definición da elevación"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:688 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:686
msgid "Whether this tag affects the rise"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á elevación"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:691 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:701
msgid "Strikethrough set"
msgstr "Definición do riscado"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:692 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:702
msgid "Whether this tag affects strikethrough"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao riscado"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:695 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:709
msgid "Underline set"
msgstr "Definición do subliñado"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:696 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:710
msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao subliñado"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:699 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:673
msgid "Language set"
msgstr "Definición do idioma"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:700 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:674
msgid "Whether this tag affects the language the text is rendered as"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao idioma en que se renderiza o texto"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:703
msgid "Ellipsize set"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgstr "Definición da elipse"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:704
msgid "Whether this tag affects the ellipsize mode"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao modo de elipse"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:707
msgid "Align set"
msgstr "Definición de aliñamento"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:708
msgid "Whether this tag affects the alignment mode"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao modo de aliñamento"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:139
msgid "Toggle state"
msgstr "Estado alternábel"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:140
msgid "The toggle state of the button"
msgstr "O estado alternábel do botón"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:147
msgid "Inconsistent state"
msgstr "Estado inconsistente"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:148
msgid "The inconsistent state of the button"
msgstr "O estado inconsistente do botón"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:155
msgid "Activatable"
msgstr "Activábel"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:156
msgid "The toggle button can be activated"
msgstr "O botón de estado pódese activar"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:163
msgid "Radio state"
msgstr "Estado de opción"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:164
msgid "Draw the toggle button as a radio button"
msgstr "Debuxar o botón de estado como un botón de opción"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:171
msgid "Indicator size"
msgstr "Tamaño do indicador"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:172 ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:93
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:144
msgid "Size of check or radio indicator"
msgstr "Tamaño do indicador de opción ou de verificación"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:218
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Background RGBA color"
msgstr "Cor de fondo RGBA"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:233
msgid "CellView model"
msgstr "Modelo CellView"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:234
msgid "The model for cell view"
msgstr "O modelo para a visualización de cela"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:252 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1007
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:451 ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:637
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:332 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:426
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Cell Area"
msgstr "Área da cela"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:253 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1008
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:452 ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:638
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:333 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:427
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The GtkCellArea used to layout cells"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "O GtkCellArea usado para dispor celas"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:276
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Cell Area Context"
msgstr "Contexto da área da cela"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:277
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The GtkCellAreaContext used to compute the geometry of the cell view"
msgstr ""
2011-01-09 23:02:32 +00:00
"O GtkCellAreaContext usado para calcular a xeometría da visualización da cela"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:294
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Draw Sensitive"
msgstr "Sensíbel"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:295
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether to force cells to be drawn in a sensitive state"
msgstr "Indica se se deben debuxar as liñas na visualización en árbore"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:313
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Fit Model"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "Arranxar modelo"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:314
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether to request enough space for every row in the model"
msgstr ""
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
"Indica se solicitar ou non o espazo suficiente para cada fila no modelo"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:92 ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:143
msgid "Indicator Size"
msgstr "Tamaño do indicador"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:100 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:362
msgid "Indicator Spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento do indicador"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:101
msgid "Spacing around check or radio indicator"
msgstr "Espazamento ao redor do indicador de opción ou de verificación"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:121
msgid "Whether the menu item is checked"
msgstr "Indica se o elemento de menú está seleccionado"
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:128 ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:181
msgid "Inconsistent"
msgstr "Inconsistente"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:129
msgid "Whether to display an \"inconsistent\" state"
msgstr "Indica se se debe mostrar un estado \"inconsistente\""
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:136
msgid "Draw as radio menu item"
msgstr "Debuxar como un elemento do menú de opción"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:137
msgid "Whether the menu item looks like a radio menu item"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a aparencia do elemento de menú é como un elemento do menú de "
"opción"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:171 ../gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:87
msgid "Use alpha"
msgstr "Usar alfa"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:172
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether to give the color an alpha value"
msgstr "Indica se debe dárselle ou non un valor alfa á cor"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:186 ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:439
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:434 ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:139
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:426 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:330
msgid "Title"
msgstr "Título"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:187
msgid "The title of the color selection dialog"
msgstr "O título do diálogo de selección da cor"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:204
msgid "The selected color"
msgstr "A cor seleccionada"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:219
msgid "The selected opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
msgstr ""
"O valor de opacidade actual (0 é completamente transparente; 65535 é "
"completamente opaco)"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:233
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Current RGBA Color"
msgstr "Cor RGBA actual"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:234
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "The selected RGBA color"
msgstr "A cor RGBA seleccionada"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:67
2012-02-16 14:00:06 +00:00
msgid "Color"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "Cor"
2012-02-16 14:00:06 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:68
2012-02-16 14:00:06 +00:00
msgid "Current color, as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Cor actual, como un GdkRGBA"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:88
2012-02-16 14:00:06 +00:00
msgid "Whether alpha should be shown"
msgstr "Indica se se debe mostrar o alfa"
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.c:258 ../gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:675
2012-02-16 14:00:06 +00:00
msgid "Show editor"
msgstr "Mostrar editor"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorscale.c:383
2012-02-16 14:00:06 +00:00
msgid "Scale type"
msgstr "Tipo de escala"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:775
2012-02-16 14:00:06 +00:00
msgid "RGBA Color"
msgstr "Cor RGBA"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:775
2012-02-16 14:00:06 +00:00
msgid "Color as RGBA"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "Cor como RGBA"
2012-02-16 14:00:06 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:778 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:791
2012-02-21 11:08:13 +00:00
msgid "Selectable"
msgstr "Seleccionábel"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:778
2012-02-21 11:08:13 +00:00
msgid "Whether the swatch is selectable"
msgstr "Indica se a mostra é seleccionábel"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:726
msgid "ComboBox model"
msgstr "Modelo de caixa de combinación"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:727
msgid "The model for the combo box"
msgstr "O modelo para a caixa de combinación"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:744
msgid "Wrap width for laying out the items in a grid"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Largura de axuste para distribuír os elementos nunha grella"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:766 ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:386
msgid "Row span column"
msgstr "Columna de expansión da fila"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:767 ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:387
msgid "TreeModel column containing the row span values"
msgstr "Columna TreeModel que contén os valores de expansión da fila"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:788 ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:407
msgid "Column span column"
msgstr "Columna de expansión da columna"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:789 ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:408
msgid "TreeModel column containing the column span values"
msgstr "Columna TreeModel que contén os valores de expansión da columna"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:810
msgid "Active item"
msgstr "Elemento activo"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:811
msgid "The item which is currently active"
msgstr "O elemento que está activo actualmente"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:830 ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:487
msgid "Add tearoffs to menus"
msgstr "Engadir tiradores aos menús"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:831
msgid "Whether dropdowns should have a tearoff menu item"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os menús despregábeis deben ter un elemento de menú desprazábel"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:846 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:780
msgid "Has Frame"
msgstr "Ten marco"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:847
msgid "Whether the combo box draws a frame around the child"
msgstr "Indica se a caixa de combinación debuxa un marco ao redor do fillo"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:855
msgid "Whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
msgstr "Indica se a caixa de combinación captura o foco cando se preme co rato"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:870 ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:609
msgid "Tearoff Title"
msgstr "Título do tirador"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:871
msgid ""
"A title that may be displayed by the window manager when the popup is torn-"
"off"
msgstr ""
"Un título que o xestor de xanelas pode mostrar cando o menú emerxente se "
"separa"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:888
msgid "Popup shown"
msgstr "Menú emerxente mostrado"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:889
msgid "Whether the combo's dropdown is shown"
msgstr "Indica se se mostra o despregábel da caixa de combinación"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:905
msgid "Button Sensitivity"
msgstr "Sensibilidade do botón"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:906
msgid "Whether the dropdown button is sensitive when the model is empty"
msgstr "Indica se o botón despregábel é sensíbel cando o modelo está baleiro"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:922
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Whether combo box has an entry"
msgstr "Indica se o ComboBox ten unha entrada"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:937
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Entry Text Column"
msgstr "Columna de entrada de texto"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:938
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid ""
"The column in the combo box's model to associate with strings from the entry "
"if the combo was created with #GtkComboBox:has-entry = %TRUE"
msgstr ""
"A columna no modelo de caixa de combinación para asociar con cadeas da "
"entrada se a caixa combinada creouse con #GtkComboBox:has-entry = %TRUE"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:955
2010-12-05 13:57:08 +00:00
msgid "ID Column"
msgstr "ID da columna"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:956
2010-12-05 13:57:08 +00:00
msgid ""
"The column in the combo box's model that provides string IDs for the values "
"in the model"
msgstr ""
"A columna no modelo de caixa de combinación que fornece os ID de cadeas para "
"os valores no modelo"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:971
2010-12-05 13:57:08 +00:00
msgid "Active id"
msgstr "ID activo"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:972
2010-12-05 13:57:08 +00:00
msgid "The value of the id column for the active row"
msgstr "O valor do ID da columna para a fila activa"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:987
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Popup Fixed Width"
msgstr "Anchura fixa de emerxente"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:988
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the popup's width should be a fixed width matching the allocated "
"width of the combo box"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a anchura do emerxente debería ser fixa coincidindo coa anchura "
"reservada para a caixa de combinación"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1014
msgid "Appears as list"
msgstr "Móstrase como unha lista"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1015
msgid "Whether dropdowns should look like lists rather than menus"
msgstr "Indica se os despregábeis deben parecerse a listas en vez de a menús"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1031
msgid "Arrow Size"
msgstr "Tamaño da frecha"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1032
msgid "The minimum size of the arrow in the combo box"
msgstr "O tamaño mínimo da frecha no caixa de combinación"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1049
2011-03-15 14:53:00 +00:00
msgid "The amount of space used by the arrow"
msgstr "Cantidade de espazo usada pola frecha"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1065
msgid "Which kind of shadow to draw around the combo box"
msgstr "A clase de sombra que se debuxa ao redor da caixa de combinación"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:461
msgid "Resize mode"
msgstr "Modo de redimensionamento"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:462
msgid "Specify how resize events are handled"
msgstr "Especifica como se manipulan os eventos de redimensionamento"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:469
msgid "Border width"
msgstr "Largura do bordo"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:470
msgid "The width of the empty border outside the containers children"
msgstr "A largura do bordo baleiro fóra dos contedores fillos"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:478
msgid "Child"
msgstr "Fillo"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:479
msgid "Can be used to add a new child to the container"
msgstr "Pode usarse para engadir un fillo novo ao contedor"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcssshorthandproperty.c:158
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Subproperties"
msgstr "Subpropiedades"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcssshorthandproperty.c:159
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The list of subproperties"
msgstr "A lista de subpropiedades"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:275
msgid "Animated"
msgstr "Animado"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:276
msgid "Set if the value can be animated"
msgstr "Estabelecer se o valor pode ser animado"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:282
msgid "Affects size"
msgstr "Afecta ao tamaño"
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:283
msgid "Set if the value affects the sizing of elements"
msgstr "Estabelecer se o valor afecta ao tamaño dos elementos"
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:289
msgid "Affects font"
msgstr "Afecta ao tipo de letra"
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:290
msgid "Set if the value affects the font"
msgstr "Estabelecer se o valor afecta ao tipo de letra"
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:296
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "ID"
msgstr "ID"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:297
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The numeric id for quick access"
msgstr "O ID numérico para acceso rápido"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:303
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Inherit"
msgstr "Herdar"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:304
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Set if the value is inherited by default"
msgstr "Estabelecer se o valor hérdase de forma predeterminada"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:310
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Initial value"
msgstr "Valor inicial"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:311
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The initial specified value used for this property"
msgstr "O valor inicial especificado para esta propiedade"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:291 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:470
msgid "Content area border"
msgstr "Bordo da área de contidos"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:292
msgid "Width of border around the main dialog area"
msgstr "Largura do bordo ao redor da área principal da caixa de diálogo"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:309 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:488
msgid "Content area spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento da área de contido"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:310
msgid "Spacing between elements of the main dialog area"
msgstr "O espazamento entre os elementos da área de diálogo principal"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:317 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:505
msgid "Button spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento dos botóns"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:318 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:506
msgid "Spacing between buttons"
msgstr "Espazamento entre os botóns"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:326 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:522
msgid "Action area border"
msgstr "Bordo da área de acción"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:327
msgid "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog"
msgstr ""
"Largura do bordo ao redor da área do botón na parte inferior da caixa de "
"diálogo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:351
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
msgid "The contents of the buffer"
msgstr "Os contidos do búfer"
#: ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:365 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:921
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
msgid "Text length"
msgstr "Lonxitude de texto"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:366
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
msgid "Length of the text currently in the buffer"
msgstr "A lonxitude do texto que está actualmente no búfer"
#: ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:380 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:763
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
msgid "Maximum length"
msgstr "Lonxitude máxima"
#: ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:381 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:764
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
msgid "Maximum number of characters for this entry. Zero if no maximum"
msgstr "Número máximo de caracteres nesta entrada. É cero se non hai un máximo"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:727
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Text Buffer"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Búfer de texto"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:728
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Text buffer object which actually stores entry text"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Obxecto de búfer de texto que almacena actualmente a entrada de texto"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:735 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:816
msgid "Cursor Position"
msgstr "Posición do cursor"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:736 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:817
msgid "The current position of the insertion cursor in chars"
msgstr "A posición actual do cursor de inserción en caracteres"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:745 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:826
msgid "Selection Bound"
msgstr "Límite da selección"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:746 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:827
msgid ""
"The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars"
msgstr "A posición en caracteres do extremo oposto da selección desde o cursor"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:756
msgid "Whether the entry contents can be edited"
msgstr "Indica se os contidos da entrada se poden editar"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:772
msgid "Visibility"
msgstr "Visibilidade"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:773
msgid ""
"FALSE displays the \"invisible char\" instead of the actual text (password "
"mode)"
msgstr ""
"FALSE mostra o \"carácter invisíbel\" en lugar do texto actual (no modo "
"contrasinal)"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:781
msgid "FALSE removes outside bevel from entry"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "FALSE retirar o bisel exterior da entrada"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:798
msgid ""
"Border between text and frame. Overrides the inner-border style property"
msgstr ""
"Bordo entre o texto e o marco. Sobreponse á propiedade de estilo do bordo "
"interno"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:806 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1465
msgid "Invisible character"
msgstr "Carácter invisíbel"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:807 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1466
msgid "The character to use when masking entry contents (in \"password mode\")"
msgstr ""
"O carácter que usar cando se oculten os contidos da entrada (no \"modo de "
"contrasinal\")"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:814
msgid "Activates default"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Activa o predeterminado"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:815
msgid ""
"Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a "
"dialog) when Enter is pressed"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"Indica se se debe activar o widget predeterminado (como o botón "
"predeterminado nunha caixa de diálogo) cando se prema a tecla Intro"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:821
msgid "Width in chars"
msgstr "Largura en caracteres"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:822
msgid "Number of characters to leave space for in the entry"
msgstr "Número de caracteres para os que deixar espazo na entrada"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:831
msgid "Scroll offset"
msgstr "Compensación do desprazamento"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:832
msgid "Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left"
msgstr ""
"Número de píxeles da entrada desprazados fóra da pantalla e cara á esquerda"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:842
msgid "The contents of the entry"
msgstr "Os contidos da entrada"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:857 ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:103
msgid "X align"
msgstr "Aliñamento X"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:858 ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:104
msgid ""
"The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."
msgstr ""
"O aliñamento horizontal, desde 0 (esquerda) até 1 (dereita). Ao revés para "
"disposicións DAE."
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:874
msgid "Truncate multiline"
msgstr "Truncar multiliña"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:875
msgid "Whether to truncate multiline pastes to one line."
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se se truncan as accións de pegar multiliñas nunha liña."
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:891
msgid "Which kind of shadow to draw around the entry when has-frame is set"
msgstr ""
"Que tipo de sombra debuxar ao redor da entrada cando has-frame está activado"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:906 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:784
msgid "Overwrite mode"
msgstr "Modo de sobrescritura"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:907
msgid "Whether new text overwrites existing text"
msgstr "Indica se o texto novo sobrescribe o texto existente"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:922
msgid "Length of the text currently in the entry"
msgstr "A lonxitude do texto que está actualmente na entrada"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:937
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Invisible character set"
msgstr "Conxunto de caracteres invisíbel"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:938
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the invisible character has been set"
msgstr "Indica se o carácter invisíbel foi definido"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:956
msgid "Caps Lock warning"
msgstr "Aviso de Bloq Maiús"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:957
msgid "Whether password entries will show a warning when Caps Lock is on"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as entradas de contrasinal mostrarán un aviso cando Bloq Maiús "
"estea activado"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:971
msgid "Progress Fraction"
msgstr "Fracción de progreso"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:972
msgid "The current fraction of the task that's been completed"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "A fracción actual da tarefa que está rematada"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:989
msgid "Progress Pulse Step"
msgstr "Paso de pulso de progreso"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:990
msgid ""
"The fraction of total entry width to move the progress bouncing block for "
"each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse()"
msgstr ""
"A fracción total da largura da entrada para mover o bloque de rebote de "
"progreso para cada chamada a gtk_entry_progress_pulse()"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1008
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
msgid "Show text in the entry when it's empty and unfocused"
msgstr "Mostrar texto na entrada cando esta está baleira ou non ten o foco"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1022
msgid "Primary pixbuf"
msgstr "Pixbuf primario"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1023
msgid "Primary pixbuf for the entry"
msgstr "O pixbuf primario para a entrada"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1037
msgid "Secondary pixbuf"
msgstr "Pixbuf secundario"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1038
msgid "Secondary pixbuf for the entry"
msgstr "O pixbuf secundario para a entrada"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1052
msgid "Primary stock ID"
msgstr "ID de inventario primario"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1053
msgid "Stock ID for primary icon"
msgstr "O ID de inventario para a icona primaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1067
msgid "Secondary stock ID"
msgstr "ID de inventario secundario"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1068
msgid "Stock ID for secondary icon"
msgstr "O ID de inventario para a icona secundaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1082
msgid "Primary icon name"
msgstr "Nome de icona primaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1083
msgid "Icon name for primary icon"
msgstr "O nome de icona para a icona primaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1097
msgid "Secondary icon name"
msgstr "Nome de icona secundaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1098
msgid "Icon name for secondary icon"
msgstr "O nome de icona para a icona secundaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1112
msgid "Primary GIcon"
msgstr "GIcon primaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1113
msgid "GIcon for primary icon"
msgstr "O nome para a GIcon primaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1127
msgid "Secondary GIcon"
msgstr "GIcon secundaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1128
msgid "GIcon for secondary icon"
msgstr "O nome para a GIcon secundaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1142
msgid "Primary storage type"
msgstr "Tipo de almacenamento primario"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1143
msgid "The representation being used for primary icon"
msgstr "A representación usada para a icona primaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1158
msgid "Secondary storage type"
msgstr "Tipo de almacenamento secundario"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1159
msgid "The representation being used for secondary icon"
msgstr "A representación usada para a icona secundaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1180
msgid "Primary icon activatable"
msgstr "Icona primaria activábel"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1181
msgid "Whether the primary icon is activatable"
msgstr "Indica se a icona primaria é activábel"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1201
msgid "Secondary icon activatable"
msgstr "Icona secundaria activábel"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1202
msgid "Whether the secondary icon is activatable"
msgstr "Indica se a icona secundaria é activábel"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1224
msgid "Primary icon sensitive"
msgstr "Sensibilidade da icona primaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1225
msgid "Whether the primary icon is sensitive"
msgstr "Indica se a icona primaria é sensíbel"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1246
msgid "Secondary icon sensitive"
msgstr "Sensibilidade da icona secundaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1247
msgid "Whether the secondary icon is sensitive"
msgstr "Indica se a icona secundaria é sensíbel"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1263
msgid "Primary icon tooltip text"
msgstr "Texto da indicación da icona primaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1264 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1300
msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon"
msgstr "O contido da indicación da icona primaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1280
msgid "Secondary icon tooltip text"
msgstr "Texto da indicación da icona secundaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1281 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1319
msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon"
msgstr "O contido da indicación da icona secundaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1299
msgid "Primary icon tooltip markup"
msgstr "Marcación da indicación da icona primaria"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1318
msgid "Secondary icon tooltip markup"
msgstr "Marcación da indicación da icona secundaria"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1338 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:812
msgid "IM module"
msgstr "Módulo MI"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1339 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:813
msgid "Which IM module should be used"
msgstr "O módulo de MI que se debería usar"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1353
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
msgid "Completion"
msgstr "Completado"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1354
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
msgid "The auxiliary completion object"
msgstr "O obxecto de completado auxiliar"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1375 ../gtk/gtkimcontext.c:332 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:830
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
msgid "Purpose"
msgstr "Finalidade"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1376 ../gtk/gtkimcontext.c:333 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:831
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
msgid "Purpose of the text field"
msgstr "Finalidade do campo de texto"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1392 ../gtk/gtkimcontext.c:340 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:847
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
msgid "hints"
msgstr "suxestións"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1393 ../gtk/gtkimcontext.c:341 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:848
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
msgid "Hints for the text field behaviour"
msgstr "Suxestións para o comportamento do campo de texto"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1411 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:729
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label"
msgstr "Unha lista de atributos de estilos para aplicar ao texto da etiqueta"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1425
msgid "Icon Prelight"
msgstr "Iluminación previa da icona"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1426
msgid "Whether activatable icons should prelight when hovered"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as iconas activábeis se deberían iluminar previamente ao pasar o "
"rato por encima"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1443
msgid "Progress Border"
msgstr "Bordo do progreso"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1444
msgid "Border around the progress bar"
msgstr "O bordo ao redor da barra de progreso"
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1942
msgid "Border between text and frame."
msgstr "Bordo entre o texto e o marco."
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:323
msgid "Completion Model"
msgstr "Modelo de completado"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:324
msgid "The model to find matches in"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "O modelo para atopar coincidencias"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:330
msgid "Minimum Key Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude mínima da chave"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:331
msgid "Minimum length of the search key in order to look up matches"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Lonxitude mínima da chave de busca para atopar coincidencias"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:347 ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:433
msgid "Text column"
msgstr "Columna de texto"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:348
msgid "The column of the model containing the strings."
msgstr "Unha columna do modelo que contén as cadeas."
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:367
msgid "Inline completion"
msgstr "Completado en liña"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:368
msgid "Whether the common prefix should be inserted automatically"
msgstr "Indica se o prefixo común se debe inserir automaticamente"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:382
msgid "Popup completion"
msgstr "Emerxer os completados"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:383
msgid "Whether the completions should be shown in a popup window"
msgstr "Indica se os completados se deben mostrar nunha xanela emerxente"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:398
msgid "Popup set width"
msgstr "O emerxente define a largura"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:399
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will have the same size as the entry"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, a xanela emerxente terá o mesmo tamaño que a entrada"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:417
msgid "Popup single match"
msgstr "Emerxente para coincidencia única"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:418
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will appear for a single match."
msgstr "Se é TRUE, a xanela emerxente aparecerá para unha coincidencia única."
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:432
msgid "Inline selection"
msgstr "Selección en liña"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:433
msgid "Your description here"
msgstr "A súa descrición aquí"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:107
msgid "Visible Window"
msgstr "Xanela visíbel"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:108
msgid ""
"Whether the event box is visible, as opposed to invisible and only used to "
"trap events."
msgstr ""
"Indica se a caixa de eventos é visíbel, ao contrario da invisíbel; só se usa "
"para capturar eventos."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:114
msgid "Above child"
msgstr "Encima do fillo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:115
msgid ""
"Whether the event-trapping window of the eventbox is above the window of the "
"child widget as opposed to below it."
msgstr ""
"Indica se a xanela captadora de eventos da caixa de eventos está por encima "
"da xanela do widget fillo ao contrario de por debaixo dela."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:280
msgid "Expanded"
msgstr "Expandido"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:281
msgid "Whether the expander has been opened to reveal the child widget"
msgstr "Indica se o expansor foi aberto para deixar ver o widget fillo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:289
msgid "Text of the expander's label"
msgstr "Texto da etiqueta do expansor"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:304 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:735
msgid "Use markup"
msgstr "Usar a marcación"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:305 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:736
msgid "The text of the label includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()"
msgstr "O texto da etiqueta inclúe marcación XML. Vexa pango_parse_markup()"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:313
msgid "Space to put between the label and the child"
msgstr "Espazo para pór entre a etiqueta e o fillo"
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:322 ../gtk/gtkframe.c:205 ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:253
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1604
msgid "Label widget"
msgstr "Widget etiqueta"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:323
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual expander label"
msgstr "Un widget para mostrar en lugar da etiqueta habitual do expansor"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:330
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Label fill"
msgstr "Recheo da etiqueta"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:331
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the label widget should fill all available horizontal space"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o widget etiqueta deben encher todo o espazo horizontal dispoñíbel"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:346
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
msgid "Resize toplevel"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgstr "Redimensionar nivel superior"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:347
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the expander will resize the toplevel window upon expanding and "
"collapsing"
msgstr ""
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
"Indica se o expansor redimensionará a xanela de nivel superior ao expandirse "
"e contraerse"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:353 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1632
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1195
msgid "Expander Size"
msgstr "Tamaño do expansor"
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:354 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1633
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1196
msgid "Size of the expander arrow"
msgstr "Tamaño da frecha do expansor"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:363
msgid "Spacing around expander arrow"
msgstr "Espazamento ao redor da frecha do expansor"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:408
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Dialog"
msgstr "Diálogo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:409
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The file chooser dialog to use."
msgstr "O diálogo do selector de ficheiros para usar."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:440
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The title of the file chooser dialog."
msgstr "O título do diálogo de selección de ficheiros."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:454
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters."
msgstr "A largura desexada do widget de botón, en caracteres."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:745
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Acción"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:746
msgid "The type of operation that the file selector is performing"
msgstr "O tipo de operación que o selector de ficheiro está realizando"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:752 ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:262
msgid "Filter"
msgstr "Filtro"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:753
msgid "The current filter for selecting which files are displayed"
msgstr "O filtro actual para seleccionar que ficheiros se mostran"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:758
msgid "Local Only"
msgstr "Só local"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:759
msgid "Whether the selected file(s) should be limited to local file: URLs"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os ficheiros seleccionados deben limitarse a URL tipo 'file:' "
"locais"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:764
msgid "Preview widget"
msgstr "Widget de previsualización"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:765
msgid "Application supplied widget for custom previews."
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Widget de aplicativo fornecido para previsualizacións personalizadas."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:770
msgid "Preview Widget Active"
msgstr "Widget de previsualización activo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:771
msgid ""
"Whether the application supplied widget for custom previews should be shown."
msgstr ""
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
"Indica se se debería mostrar o widget fornecido polo aplicativo para "
"previsualizacións personalizadas."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:776
msgid "Use Preview Label"
msgstr "Usar a etiqueta de previsualización"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:777
msgid "Whether to display a stock label with the name of the previewed file."
msgstr ""
"Indica se se debe mostrar unha etiqueta co nome do ficheiro previsualizado."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:782
msgid "Extra widget"
msgstr "Widget adicional"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:783
msgid "Application supplied widget for extra options."
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Widget de aplicativo fornecido para opcións adicionais."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:788 ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:201
msgid "Select Multiple"
msgstr "Selección múltiple"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:789
msgid "Whether to allow multiple files to be selected"
msgstr "Indica se se permite seleccionar múltiples ficheiros"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:795
msgid "Show Hidden"
msgstr "Mostrar os ocultos"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:796
msgid "Whether the hidden files and folders should be displayed"
msgstr "Indica se os ficheiros e cartafoles ocultos se deben mostrar"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:811
msgid "Do overwrite confirmation"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Confirmar a sobrescritura"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:812
msgid ""
"Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite confirmation "
"dialog if necessary."
msgstr ""
"Indica se un selector de ficheiros en modo de gardado presentará un diálogo "
"de confirmación de sobrescritura se é necesario."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:828
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Allow folder creation"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Permitir a creación de cartafoles"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:829
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether a file chooser not in open mode will offer the user to create new "
"folders."
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
"Indica se un selector de ficheiros sen estar en modo aberto lle ofrecerá ao "
"usuario crear cartafoles novos."
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:150 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:646 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:263
msgid "X position"
msgstr "Posición X"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:151 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:647
msgid "X position of child widget"
msgstr "Posición X do widget fillo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:158 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:656
msgid "Y position"
msgstr "Posición Y"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:159 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:657
msgid "Y position of child widget"
msgstr "Posición Y do widget fillo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:435
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
msgid "The title of the font chooser dialog"
msgstr "O título do diálogo de selección de tipos de letra."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:451
msgid "The name of the selected font"
msgstr "O nome do tipo de letra seleccionado"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:452
msgid "Sans 12"
msgstr "Sans 12"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:467
msgid "Use font in label"
msgstr "Usar o tipo de letra na etiqueta"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:468
msgid "Whether the label is drawn in the selected font"
msgstr "Indica se a etiqueta se debuxa co tipo de letra seleccionado"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:483
msgid "Use size in label"
msgstr "Usar o tamaño na etiqueta"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:484
msgid "Whether the label is drawn with the selected font size"
msgstr "Indica se a etiqueta se debuxa co tamaño de tipo de letra seleccionado"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:500
msgid "Show style"
msgstr "Mostrar o estilo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:501
msgid "Whether the selected font style is shown in the label"
msgstr "Indica se o estilo de tipo de letra seleccionado se mostra na etiqueta"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:516
msgid "Show size"
msgstr "Mostrar o tamaño"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:517
msgid "Whether selected font size is shown in the label"
msgstr "Indica se o tamaño de tipo de letra seleccionado se mostra na etiqueta"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:78
2011-09-19 23:27:13 +00:00
msgid "Font description"
msgstr "Descrición do tipo de letra"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:104
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
msgid "Show preview text entry"
msgstr "Mostrar a vista previa da entrada de texto"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:105
2011-08-24 19:03:09 +00:00
msgid "Whether the preview text entry is shown or not"
msgstr "Indica se se mostra ou non a vista previa da entrada texto"
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:171
msgid "Text of the frame's label"
msgstr "Texto da etiqueta do marco"
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:178
msgid "Label xalign"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "xalign da etiqueta"
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:179
msgid "The horizontal alignment of the label"
msgstr "O aliñamento horizontal da etiqueta"
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:187
msgid "Label yalign"
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgstr "yalign da etiqueta"
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:188
msgid "The vertical alignment of the label"
msgstr "O aliñamento vertical da etiqueta"
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:196
msgid "Frame shadow"
msgstr "Sombra do marco"
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:197
msgid "Appearance of the frame border"
msgstr "Aparencia do bordo do marco"
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:206
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual frame label"
msgstr "Un widget para mostrar en lugar da etiqueta de marco habitual"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1406
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Row Homogeneous"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "Fila homoxénea"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1407
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the rows are all the same height"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "Se é TRUE, todas as filas teñen a mesma altura"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1413
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Column Homogeneous"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "Columnas homoxéneas"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1414
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the columns are all the same width"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "Se é TRUE, todas as columnas teñen a mesma largura"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1428
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The row number to attach the top side of a child widget to"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "O número de filas para anexar na parte superior do widget fillo"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1434 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:672 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:273
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Width"
msgstr "Largura"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1435
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The number of columns that a child spans"
msgstr "O número de columnas nas que se expande un fillo"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1441 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:681
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Height"
msgstr "Altura"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1442
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The number of rows that a child spans"
msgstr "O número de filas nas que un fillo se expande"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:396 ../gtk/gtktreeselection.c:130
msgid "Selection mode"
msgstr "Modo de selección"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:397
msgid "The selection mode"
msgstr "O modo de selección"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:415
msgid "Pixbuf column"
msgstr "Columna de pixbuf"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:416
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the icon pixbuf from"
msgstr "Columna modelo usada para recuperar o pixbuf da icona"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:434
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text from"
msgstr "Columna modelo usada para recuperar o texto"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:453
msgid "Markup column"
msgstr "Columna de marcación"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:454
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text if using Pango markup"
msgstr ""
"Columna modelo usada para recuperar o texto se se emprega a marcación Pango"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:461
msgid "Icon View Model"
msgstr "Modelo de visualización de icona"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:462
msgid "The model for the icon view"
msgstr "O modelo para a visualización de icona"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:478
msgid "Number of columns"
msgstr "Número de columnas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:479
msgid "Number of columns to display"
msgstr "O número de columnas que se mostran"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:496
msgid "Width for each item"
msgstr "Largura de cada elemento"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:497
msgid "The width used for each item"
msgstr "A largura usada para cada elemento"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:513
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells of an item"
msgstr "Espazo que se introduce entre as celas dun elemento"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:528
msgid "Row Spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento de fila"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:529
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid rows"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Espazo que se introduce entre as filas da grella"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:544
msgid "Column Spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento de columna"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:545
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid columns"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Espazo que se introduce entre as columnas da grella"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:560
msgid "Margin"
msgstr "Marxe"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:561
msgid "Space which is inserted at the edges of the icon view"
msgstr "Espazo que se insire nos bordos da visualización de icona"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:576
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Item Orientation"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Orientación do elemento"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:577
msgid ""
"How the text and icon of each item are positioned relative to each other"
msgstr ""
"Como se sitúan o texto e a icona de cada elemento en relación un ao outro"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:593 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1030
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:373
msgid "Reorderable"
msgstr "Reordenábel"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:594 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1031
msgid "View is reorderable"
msgstr "A visualización é reordenábel"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:601 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1181
msgid "Tooltip Column"
msgstr "Columna de indicación"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:602
msgid "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the items"
msgstr ""
"A columna do modelo que contén os textos de indicación para os elementos"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:619
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Item Padding"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "Recheo de elemento"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:620
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Padding around icon view items"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "Recheo arredor dos elementos de iconas"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:651
msgid "Selection Box Color"
msgstr "Cor da caixa de selección"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:652
msgid "Color of the selection box"
msgstr "Cor da caixa de selección"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:658
msgid "Selection Box Alpha"
msgstr "Alfa da caixa de selección"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:659
msgid "Opacity of the selection box"
msgstr "Opacidade da caixa de selección"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:216 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:223
msgid "Pixbuf"
msgstr "Pixbuf"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:217 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:224
msgid "A GdkPixbuf to display"
msgstr "Un GdkPixbuf para mostrar"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:224 ../gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:293
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:231
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "Nome do ficheiro"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:225 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:232
msgid "Filename to load and display"
msgstr "Nome de ficheiro para cargar e mostrar"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:234 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:240
msgid "Stock ID for a stock image to display"
msgstr "ID de inventario para unha imaxe de inventario para mostrar"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:241
msgid "Icon set"
msgstr "Definición da icona"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:242
msgid "Icon set to display"
msgstr "Definición da icona para mostrar"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:249 ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:228 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:527
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1013
msgid "Icon size"
msgstr "Tamaño da icona"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:250
msgid "Symbolic size to use for stock icon, icon set or named icon"
msgstr ""
"Tamaño simbólico que usar para a icona de inventario, conxunto de iconas ou "
"icona con nome"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:266
msgid "Pixel size"
msgstr "Tamaño do píxel"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:267
msgid "Pixel size to use for named icon"
msgstr "Tamaño do píxel que usar para a icona con nome"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:275
msgid "Animation"
msgstr "Animación"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:276
msgid "GdkPixbufAnimation to display"
msgstr "GdkPixbufAnimation para mostrar"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:316 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:271
msgid "Storage type"
msgstr "Tipo de almacenamento"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:317 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:272
msgid "The representation being used for image data"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "A representación empregada para os datos de imaxe"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:335
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgid "Use Fallback"
msgstr "Usar alfa"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:336
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgid "Whether to use icon names fallback"
msgstr "Indica se a icona de estado pestanexa ou non"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:159
msgid "Child widget to appear next to the menu text"
msgstr "Widget fillo que aparecerá ao lado do texto de menú"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:174
msgid "Whether to use the label text to create a stock menu item"
msgstr ""
"Indica se hai que usar a etiqueta de texto para crear un elemento de menú de "
"inventario"
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:207 ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:569
msgid "Accel Group"
msgstr "Grupo de teclas rápidas"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:208
msgid "The Accel Group to use for stock accelerator keys"
msgstr "O grupo de teclas rápidas para usar nas teclas rápidas de inventario"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:414 ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:205
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Message Type"
msgstr "Tipo de mensaxe"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:415 ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:206
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "The type of message"
msgstr "O tipo de mensaxe"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:471
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the content area"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Largura do bordo ao redor da área de contido"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:489
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between elements of the area"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "O espazamento entre os elementos da área de acción"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:523
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the action area"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Largura do bordo arredor da área de acción"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinvisible.c:101 ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:179
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:290 ../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:441
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:781
2010-08-17 16:35:35 +00:00
msgid "Screen"
msgstr "Pantalla"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinvisible.c:102 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:782
msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed"
msgstr "A pantalla onde se mostrará esta xanela"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:722
msgid "The text of the label"
msgstr "O texto da etiqueta"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:750 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:404 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:721
msgid "Justification"
msgstr "Xustificación"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:751
msgid ""
"The alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. "
"This does NOT affect the alignment of the label within its allocation. See "
"GtkMisc::xalign for that"
msgstr ""
"O aliñamento das liñas no texto da etiqueta en relación a cada unha. Isto "
"NON afecta ao aliñamento da etiqueta dentro da súa asignación Ver GtkMisc::"
"xalign para iso"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:759
msgid "Pattern"
msgstr "Patrón"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:760
msgid ""
"A string with _ characters in positions correspond to characters in the text "
"to underline"
msgstr ""
"Unha cadea con caracteres _ en posicións correspondentes a caracteres no "
"texto para subliñar"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:767
msgid "Line wrap"
msgstr "Axuste de liña"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:768
msgid "If set, wrap lines if the text becomes too wide"
msgstr "Se se define, axusta a liña se o texto se volve demasiado largo"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:783
msgid "Line wrap mode"
msgstr "Modo de axuste de liña"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:784
msgid "If wrap is set, controls how linewrapping is done"
msgstr "Se se estabelece o axuste, controla como se fai o axuste de liña"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:792
msgid "Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse"
msgstr "Indica se o texto da etiqueta pode ser seleccionado co rato"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:798
msgid "Mnemonic key"
msgstr "Tecla mnemónica"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:799
msgid "The mnemonic accelerator key for this label"
msgstr "A tecla rápida mnemónica para esta etiqueta"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:807
msgid "Mnemonic widget"
msgstr "Widget mnemónico"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:808
msgid "The widget to be activated when the label's mnemonic key is pressed"
msgstr "O widget que se activará cando se prema a tecla mnemónica da etiqueta"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:854
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have "
"enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
"O lugar preferido para a elipse da cadea, se a etiqueta non ten suficiente "
"espazo para mostrar a cadea completa"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:895
msgid "Single Line Mode"
msgstr "Modo de liña única"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:896
msgid "Whether the label is in single line mode"
msgstr "Indica se a etiqueta está no modo de liña única"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:913
msgid "Angle"
msgstr "Ángulo"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:914
msgid "Angle at which the label is rotated"
msgstr "Ángulo sobre o que se rota a etiqueta"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:936
msgid "The desired maximum width of the label, in characters"
msgstr "A largura máxima desexada da etiqueta, en caracteres"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:954
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Track visited links"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Rexistrar as ligazóns visitadas"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:955
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Whether visited links should be tracked"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se as ligazóns visitadas deberían ser rexistradas"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:673
msgid "The width of the layout"
msgstr "A largura da disposición"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:682
msgid "The height of the layout"
msgstr "A altura da disposición"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:927
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
msgid "Currently filled value level"
msgstr "Valor do nivel de recheo actual"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:928
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
msgid "Currently filled value level of the level bar"
msgstr "Valor do nivel de recheo actual da barra de nivel"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:941
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
msgid "Minimum value level for the bar"
msgstr "Mínimo valor do nivel para a barra"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:942
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
msgid "Minimum value level that can be displayed by the bar"
msgstr "Valor mínimo do nivel que se pode mostrar na barra"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:955
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
msgid "Maximum value level for the bar"
msgstr "Valor máximo do nivel para a barra"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:956
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
msgid "Maximum value level that can be displayed by the bar"
msgstr "Valor máximo do nivel que se pode mostrar na barra"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:975
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
msgid "The mode of the value indicator"
msgstr "O modo do indicador do valor"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:976
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
msgid "The mode of the value indicator displayed by the bar"
msgstr "O modo do indicador do valor mostrado na barra"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:992
msgid "Invert the direction in which the level bar grows"
msgstr "Inverter a dirección na que crece a barra de nivel"
#: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:1006
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
msgid "Minimum height for filling blocks"
msgstr "Altura mínima dos bloques de recheo"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:1007
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
msgid "Minimum height for blocks that fill the bar"
msgstr "Altura mínima dos bloques que rechean a caixa"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:1020
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
msgid "Minimum width for filling blocks"
msgstr "Anchura mínima dos bloques de recheo"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:1021
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
msgid "Minimum width for blocks that fill the bar"
msgstr "Anchura mínima dos bloques que rechean a caixa"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:175
msgid "URI"
msgstr "URI"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:176
msgid "The URI bound to this button"
msgstr "O URI vinculado a este botón"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:190
msgid "Visited"
msgstr "Visitada"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:191
msgid "Whether this link has been visited."
msgstr "Indica se esta ligazón foi visitada."
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:280
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "Permission"
msgstr "Permiso"
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:281
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "The GPermission object controlling this button"
msgstr "O obxecto GPermission que controla este botón"
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:288
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "Lock Text"
msgstr "Texto de bloqueo"
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:289
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "The text to display when prompting the user to lock"
msgstr "O texto que mostrar ao preguntarlle ao usuario para bloquear"
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:297
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "Unlock Text"
msgstr "Texto de desbloqueo"
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:298
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "The text to display when prompting the user to unlock"
msgstr "O texto que mostrar ao preguntar ao usuario para desbloquear"
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:306
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "Lock Tooltip"
msgstr "Suxestión de bloqueo"
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:307
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "The tooltip to display when prompting the user to lock"
msgstr "A suxestión que mostrar ao preguntar ao usuario para bloquear"
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:315
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "Unlock Tooltip"
msgstr "Suxestión de bloqueo"
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:316
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "The tooltip to display when prompting the user to unlock"
msgstr "A suxestión que mostrar ao preguntar ao usuario que desbloquear"
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:324
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "Not Authorized Tooltip"
msgstr "Suxestión de non autorizado"
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklockbutton.c:325
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid ""
"The tooltip to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorization"
msgstr ""
"A suxestión que mostrar ao mostrar ao usuario que non foi posíbel obter unha "
"autorización"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:187
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Pack direction"
msgstr "Dirección do empaquetado"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:188
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The pack direction of the menubar"
msgstr "A dirección do empaquetado da barra de menú"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:204
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Child Pack direction"
msgstr "Dirección do empaquetado fillo"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:205
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The child pack direction of the menubar"
msgstr "A dirección do empaquetado fillo da barra de menú"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:214
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Style of bevel around the menubar"
msgstr "Estilo do bisel ao redor da barra de menús"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:230 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:586
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Internal padding"
msgstr "Recheo interno"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:231
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Amount of border space between the menubar shadow and the menu items"
msgstr ""
"Cantidade de espazo do bordo entre a sombra da barra de menús e os elementos "
"de menú"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:515
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
msgid "popup"
msgstr "xanela emerxente"
2012-06-24 21:57:58 +00:00
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:516
2012-06-24 21:57:58 +00:00
msgid "The dropdown menu."
msgstr "O menú despregábel."
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:532
2012-06-24 21:57:58 +00:00
msgid "menu-model"
msgstr "menu-model"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:533
2012-06-24 21:57:58 +00:00
msgid "The dropdown menu's model."
msgstr "O modelo do menú despregábel."
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:546
2012-06-24 21:57:58 +00:00
msgid "align-widget"
msgstr "align-widget"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:547
2012-06-24 21:57:58 +00:00
msgid "The parent widget which the menu should align with."
msgstr "O widget pai co que o menú debe aliñarse."
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:561
2012-06-24 21:57:58 +00:00
msgid "direction"
msgstr "dirección"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:562
2012-06-24 21:57:58 +00:00
msgid "The direction the arrow should point."
msgstr "A dirección á que a frecha apunta."
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:555
msgid "The currently selected menu item"
msgstr "O elemento de menú actualmente seleccionado"
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:570
msgid "The accel group holding accelerators for the menu"
msgstr "O grupo de teclas rápidas que contén as teclas rápidas para o menú"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:584 ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:415
msgid "Accel Path"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Ruta de teclas rápidas"
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:585
msgid "An accel path used to conveniently construct accel paths of child items"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"Unha ruta de teclas rápidas usado para construír adecuadamente os camiños de "
"teclas rápidas dos elementos fillo"
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:601
msgid "Attach Widget"
msgstr "Widget anexado"
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:602
msgid "The widget the menu is attached to"
msgstr "O widget ao que está anexado o menú"
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:610
msgid ""
"A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-"
"off"
msgstr ""
"Un título que o xestor de xanelas poderá mostrar cando este menú estea "
"desprazado"
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:624
msgid "Tearoff State"
msgstr "Estado de desprazamento"
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:625
msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off"
msgstr "Un booleano que indica se o menú está desprazado"
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:639
msgid "Monitor"
msgstr "Monitor"
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:640
msgid "The monitor the menu will be popped up on"
msgstr "O monitor en que emerxerá o menú"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:660
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
msgid "Reserve Toggle Size"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Reservar o tamaño de alternancia"
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:661
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
msgid ""
"A boolean that indicates whether the menu reserves space for toggles and "
"icons"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Un booleano que indica se o menú reserva espazo para alternancias e iconas"
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:676
msgid "Horizontal Padding"
msgstr "Recheo horizontal"
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:677
msgid "Extra space at the left and right edges of the menu"
msgstr "O espazo adicional nos bordos dereito e esquerdo do menú"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:695
msgid "Vertical Padding"
msgstr "Recheo vertical"
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:696
msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu"
msgstr "O espazo adicional na parte superior e inferior do menú"
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:705
msgid "Vertical Offset"
msgstr "Desprazamento vertical"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:706
msgid ""
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
"vertically"
msgstr ""
"Cando o menú é un submenú, colóqueo verticalmente con este número de píxeles "
"de desprazamento"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:714
msgid "Horizontal Offset"
msgstr "Desprazamento horizontal"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:715
msgid ""
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
"horizontally"
msgstr ""
"Cando o menú é un submenú, colóqueo horizontalmente con este número de "
"píxeles de desprazamento"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:723
msgid "Double Arrows"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Frechas dobres"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:724
msgid "When scrolling, always show both arrows."
msgstr "Mostrar sempre ambas as frechas ao desprazar."
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:737
msgid "Arrow Placement"
msgstr "Colocación da frecha"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:738
msgid "Indicates where scroll arrows should be placed"
msgstr "Indica onde se deberían colocar as frechas de desprazamento"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:746
msgid "Left Attach"
msgstr "Anexar á esquerda"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:754
msgid "Right Attach"
msgstr "Anexar á dereita"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:755
msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to"
msgstr "A cantidade de columnas para anexar ao lado dereito do fillo"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:762
msgid "Top Attach"
msgstr "Anexar arriba"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:763
msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to"
msgstr "O número de filas para anexar encima do fillo"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:770
msgid "Bottom Attach"
msgstr "Anexar abaixo"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:785
msgid "Arbitrary constant to scale down the size of the scroll arrow"
msgstr ""
"Unha constante arbitraria para escalar para abaixo o tamaño da frecha de "
"desprazamento"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:383
msgid "Right Justified"
msgstr "Xustificado á dereita"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:384
msgid ""
"Sets whether the menu item appears justified at the right side of a menu bar"
msgstr ""
"Define se o elemento de menú aparece xustificado ao lado dereito dunha barra "
"de menú"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:398
msgid "Submenu"
msgstr "Submenú"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:399
msgid "The submenu attached to the menu item, or NULL if it has none"
msgstr "O submenú anexado ao elemento do menú, ou NULL se non ten ningún"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:416
msgid "Sets the accelerator path of the menu item"
msgstr "Define o camiño de teclas rápidas dun elemento de menú"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:431
msgid "The text for the child label"
msgstr "O texto da etiqueta filla"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:507
msgid "Amount of space used up by arrow, relative to the menu item's font size"
msgstr ""
"A cantidade de espazo usado pola frecha, relativa ao tamaño do tipo de letra "
"do elemento de menú"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:520
msgid "Width in Characters"
msgstr "Largura en caracteres"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:521
msgid "The minimum desired width of the menu item in characters"
msgstr "A largura mínima desexada do elemento de menú en caracteres"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenushell.c:449
msgid "Take Focus"
msgstr "Obtén o foco"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenushell.c:450
msgid "A boolean that determines whether the menu grabs the keyboard focus"
msgstr "Un booleano que determina se o menú captura o foco do teclado"
2012-06-24 21:57:58 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:272
msgid "Menu"
msgstr "Menú"
2012-06-24 21:57:58 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:273
msgid "The dropdown menu"
msgstr "O menú despregábel"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:188
msgid "Image/label border"
msgstr "Bordo da imaxe ou etiqueta"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:189
msgid "Width of border around the label and image in the message dialog"
msgstr "Largura do bordo ao redor da etiqueta e a imaxe no diálogo de mensaxes"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:213
msgid "Message Buttons"
msgstr "Botóns de mensaxe"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:214
msgid "The buttons shown in the message dialog"
msgstr "Os botóns mostrados no diálogo de mensaxe"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:231
msgid "The primary text of the message dialog"
msgstr "O texto primario do diálogo de mensaxe"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:246
msgid "Use Markup"
msgstr "Usar marcación"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:247
msgid "The primary text of the title includes Pango markup."
msgstr "O texto primario do título inclúe a marcación Pango."
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:261
msgid "Secondary Text"
msgstr "Texto secundario"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:262
msgid "The secondary text of the message dialog"
msgstr "O texto secundario do diálogo de mensaxe"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:277
msgid "Use Markup in secondary"
msgstr "Usar marcación no secundario"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:278
msgid "The secondary text includes Pango markup."
msgstr "O texto secundario inclúe a marcación Pango."
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:292
2010-08-17 16:35:35 +00:00
msgid "Image"
msgstr "Imaxe"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:293
msgid "The image"
msgstr "A imaxe"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:309
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
msgid "Message area"
msgstr "Área do mensaxes"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:310
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
msgid "GtkVBox that holds the dialog's primary and secondary labels"
msgstr "GtkVBox que contén as etiquetas primaria e secundaria do diálogo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:113
msgid "Y align"
msgstr "Aliñamento Y"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:114
msgid "The vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)"
msgstr "O aliñamento vertical, desde 0 (superior) até 1 (inferior)"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:123
msgid "X pad"
msgstr "Recheo X"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:124
msgid ""
"The amount of space to add on the left and right of the widget, in pixels"
msgstr ""
"A cantidade de espazos, en píxeles, para engadir á esquerda e dereita do "
"widget"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:133
msgid "Y pad"
msgstr "Recheo Y"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:134
msgid ""
"The amount of space to add on the top and bottom of the widget, in pixels"
msgstr ""
"A cantidade de espazos, en píxeles, para engadir na parte superior e "
"inferior do widget"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:163 ../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:464
msgid "Parent"
msgstr "Pai"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:164
msgid "The parent window"
msgstr "A xanela pai"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:171
msgid "Is Showing"
msgstr "Estase mostrando"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:172
msgid "Are we showing a dialog"
msgstr "Se estamos mostrando un diálogo"
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:180
msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed."
msgstr "A pantalla onde esta xanela se mostrará."
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:693
msgid "Page"
msgstr "Páxina"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:694
msgid "The index of the current page"
msgstr "O índice da páxina actual"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:702
msgid "Tab Position"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Posición da lapela"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:703
msgid "Which side of the notebook holds the tabs"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Que lado do caderno contén as lapelas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:710
msgid "Show Tabs"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Mostrar lapelas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:711
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether tabs should be shown"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se deben mostrarse ou non as lapelas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:717
msgid "Show Border"
msgstr "Mostrar bordo"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:718
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the border should be shown"
msgstr "Indica se o bordo debe mostrarse ou non"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:724
msgid "Scrollable"
msgstr "Desprazábel"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:725
msgid "If TRUE, scroll arrows are added if there are too many tabs to fit"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"Se é TRUE, engádense frechas de desprazamento se hai demasiadas lapela para "
"encaixar"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:731
msgid "Enable Popup"
msgstr "Activar o menú emerxente"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:732
msgid ""
"If TRUE, pressing the right mouse button on the notebook pops up a menu that "
"you can use to go to a page"
msgstr ""
"Se é TRUE, premendo o botón dereito do rato no caderno emerxe un menú que "
"pode usar para ir a unha páxina"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:746
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Group Name"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Nome do grupo"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:747
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Group name for tab drag and drop"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Nome do grupo para o arrastre e solte das lapelas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:754
msgid "Tab label"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Etiqueta da lapela"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:755
msgid "The string displayed on the child's tab label"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "A cadea mostrada na etiqueta da lapela filla"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:761
msgid "Menu label"
msgstr "Etiqueta de menú"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:762
msgid "The string displayed in the child's menu entry"
msgstr "A cadea mostrada na entrada de menú filla"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:775
msgid "Tab expand"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Expansión da lapela"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:776
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether to expand the child's tab"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se se expanden as lapelas fillas ou non"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:782
msgid "Tab fill"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Recheo da lapela"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:783
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the child's tab should fill the allocated area"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se as lapelas fillas deberían encher a área asignada ou non"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:790
msgid "Tab reorderable"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Lapela reordenábel"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:791
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the tab is reorderable by user action"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se a lapela pode reordenarse por unha acción do usuario"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:797
msgid "Tab detachable"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Lapela desprazábel"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:798
msgid "Whether the tab is detachable"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se a lapela é desprazábel"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:813 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:102
msgid "Secondary backward stepper"
msgstr "Paso de retroceso secundario"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:814
msgid ""
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
msgstr ""
"Mostra un segundo botón de frecha de retroceso no extremo oposto da área de "
"tabulación"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:829 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:109
msgid "Secondary forward stepper"
msgstr "Paso de avance secundario"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:830
msgid ""
"Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
msgstr ""
"Mostra un segundo botón de frecha de avance no extremo oposto da área de "
"tabulación"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:844 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:88
msgid "Backward stepper"
msgstr "Paso de retroceso"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:845 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:89
msgid "Display the standard backward arrow button"
msgstr "Mostrar o botón estándar de frecha de retroceso"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:859 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:95
msgid "Forward stepper"
msgstr "Paso de avance"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:860 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:96
msgid "Display the standard forward arrow button"
msgstr "Mostrar o botón estándar de frecha de avance"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:874
msgid "Tab overlap"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Superposición de lapela"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:875
msgid "Size of tab overlap area"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Tamaño da área de superposición da lapela"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:890
msgid "Tab curvature"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Curvatura da lapela"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:891
msgid "Size of tab curvature"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Tamaño da curvatura da lapela"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:907
msgid "Arrow spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento de frechas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:908
msgid "Scroll arrow spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento das frechas de desprazamento"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:924
2011-03-15 14:53:00 +00:00
msgid "Initial gap"
msgstr "Espazo inicial"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:925
2011-03-15 14:53:00 +00:00
msgid "Initial gap before the first tab"
msgstr "Espazo inicia antes da primeira lapela"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:653
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgid "Icon's count"
msgstr "Contía de iconas"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:654
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgid "The count of the emblem currently displayed"
msgstr "A contía dos emblemas mostrados actualmente"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:660
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgid "Icon's label"
msgstr "Etiqueta da icona"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:661
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgid "The label to be displayed over the icon"
msgstr "A etiqueta a mostrar sobre a icona"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:667
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgid "Icon's style context"
msgstr "Contexto de estilo da icona"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:668
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgid "The style context to theme the icon appearance"
msgstr "O contexto de estilo para aplicar á aparencia da icona"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:674
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgid "Background icon"
msgstr "Icona de fondo"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:675
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgid "The icon for the number emblem background"
msgstr "A icona para o fondo do número de emblema"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:681
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgid "Background icon name"
msgstr "Nome da icona de fondo"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:682
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgid "The icon name for the number emblem background"
msgstr "O nome da icona para o fondo do número de emblema"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkorientable.c:61 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:330
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:126
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Orientation"
msgstr "Orientación"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkorientable.c:62
msgid "The orientation of the orientable"
msgstr "A orientación do orientábel"
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:349
msgid ""
"Position of paned separator in pixels (0 means all the way to the left/top)"
msgstr ""
"Posición do separador de sección en píxeles (0 significa todo o traxecto "
"cara á esquerda ou arriba)"
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:358
msgid "Position Set"
msgstr "Definición de posición"
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:359
msgid "TRUE if the Position property should be used"
msgstr "É TRUE se a propiedade de posición debe ser usada"
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:365
msgid "Handle Size"
msgstr "Tamaño do manipulador"
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:366
msgid "Width of handle"
msgstr "Largura do manipulador"
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:382
msgid "Minimal Position"
msgstr "Posición mínima"
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:383
msgid "Smallest possible value for the \"position\" property"
msgstr "O valor máis pequeno posíbel para a propiedade \"posición\""
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:400
msgid "Maximal Position"
msgstr "Posición máxima"
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:401
msgid "Largest possible value for the \"position\" property"
msgstr "O valor máis grande posíbel para a propiedade \"posición\""
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:418
msgid "Resize"
msgstr "Redimensionar"
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:419
msgid "If TRUE, the child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, o fillo expándese e redúcese xunto coa sección do widget"
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:434
msgid "Shrink"
msgstr "Reducir"
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:435
msgid "If TRUE, the child can be made smaller than its requisition"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, o fillo pode facerse máis pequeno que a súa solicitude"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkplug.c:202 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:314
msgid "Embedded"
msgstr "Incorporado"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkplug.c:203
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the plug is embedded"
msgstr "Indica se o conectador está incrustado"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkplug.c:217
msgid "Socket Window"
msgstr "Xanela de conectador"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkplug.c:218
msgid "The window of the socket the plug is embedded in"
msgstr "A xanela do conectador en que o obxecto \"plug\" está incorporado"
2012-03-07 12:09:53 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpressandhold.c:148
msgid "Hold Time"
msgstr "Tempo de espera"
#: ../gtk/gtkpressandhold.c:148
msgid "Hold Time (in milliseconds)"
msgstr "Tempo de espera (en milisegundos)"
#: ../gtk/gtkpressandhold.c:152
msgid "Drag Threshold"
msgstr "Límite de arrastre"
#: ../gtk/gtkpressandhold.c:152
msgid "Drag Threshold (in pixels)"
msgstr "Límite de arrastre (en píxeles)"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:124
msgid "Name of the printer"
msgstr "Nome da impresora"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:130
msgid "Backend"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "Infraestrutura"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:131
msgid "Backend for the printer"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "Infraestrutura para a impresora"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:137
msgid "Is Virtual"
msgstr "É virtual"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:138
msgid "FALSE if this represents a real hardware printer"
msgstr "É FALSE se isto representa unha impresora real de hardware"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:144
msgid "Accepts PDF"
msgstr "Acepta PDF"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:145
msgid "TRUE if this printer can accept PDF"
msgstr "É TRUE se esta impresora pode aceptar PDF"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:151
msgid "Accepts PostScript"
msgstr "Acepta PostScript"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:152
msgid "TRUE if this printer can accept PostScript"
msgstr "É TRUE se esta impresora acepta PostScript"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:158
msgid "State Message"
msgstr "Mensaxe de estado"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:159
msgid "String giving the current state of the printer"
msgstr "Unha cadea que mostra o estado actual da impresora"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:165
msgid "Location"
msgstr "Localización"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:166
msgid "The location of the printer"
msgstr "A localización da impresora"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:173
msgid "The icon name to use for the printer"
msgstr "O nome da icona que usar para a impresora"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:179
msgid "Job Count"
msgstr "Conta de traballos"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:180
msgid "Number of jobs queued in the printer"
msgstr "O número de traballos postos na fila de impresión"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:198
msgid "Paused Printer"
msgstr "Impresora detida"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:199
msgid "TRUE if this printer is paused"
msgstr "É TRUE se a impresora está detida"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:212
msgid "Accepting Jobs"
msgstr "Acepta traballos"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:213
msgid "TRUE if this printer is accepting new jobs"
msgstr "É TRUE se esta impresora acepta traballos novos"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinteroption.c:103
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
msgid "Option Value"
msgstr "Valor da opción"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinteroption.c:104
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
msgid "Value of the option"
msgstr "Valor da opción"
#: ../gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:132
msgid "Source option"
msgstr "Opción de orixe"
#: ../gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:133
msgid "The PrinterOption backing this widget"
msgstr "A PrinterOption que serve de apoio para este widget"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:140
msgid "Title of the print job"
msgstr "Título do traballo de impresión"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:148
msgid "Printer"
msgstr "Impresora"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:149
msgid "Printer to print the job to"
msgstr "Impresora na que imprimir o traballo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:157
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Configuracións"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:158
msgid "Printer settings"
msgstr "Configuracións da impresora"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:166 ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:167
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:366
msgid "Page Setup"
msgstr "Configuración da páxina"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:175 ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1215
msgid "Track Print Status"
msgstr "Seguimento do estado de impresión"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:176
msgid ""
"TRUE if the print job will continue to emit status-changed signals after the "
"print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
msgstr ""
"É TRUE se a operación de impresión continúa emitindo sinais de cambio de "
"estado despois de que os datos de impresión sexan enviados á impresora ou ao "
"servidor de impresoras."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1087
msgid "Default Page Setup"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Configuración de páxina predeterminada"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1088
msgid "The GtkPageSetup used by default"
msgstr "A GtkPageSetup que se usa por defecto"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1106 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:384
msgid "Print Settings"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "Configuracións de impresión"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1107 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:385
msgid "The GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialog"
msgstr "Os GtkPrintSettings que se usan para inicializar o diálogo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1125
msgid "Job Name"
msgstr "Nome do traballo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1126
msgid "A string used for identifying the print job."
msgstr "Unha cadea que se usa para identificar o traballo de impresión."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1150
msgid "Number of Pages"
msgstr "Número de páxinas"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1151
msgid "The number of pages in the document."
msgstr "O número de páxinas do documento."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1172 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:374
msgid "Current Page"
msgstr "Páxina actual"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1173 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:375
msgid "The current page in the document"
msgstr "A páxina actual do documento"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1194
msgid "Use full page"
msgstr "Usar a páxina completa"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1195
msgid ""
"TRUE if the origin of the context should be at the corner of the page and "
"not the corner of the imageable area"
msgstr ""
"É TRUE se a orixe do contexto debe estar na esquina da páxina e non na "
"esquina da área de imaxe"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1216
msgid ""
"TRUE if the print operation will continue to report on the print job status "
"after the print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
msgstr ""
"É TRUE se a operación de impresión continúa informando ao traballo de "
"impresión despois de que os datos de impresión sexan enviados á impresora ou "
"ao servidor de impresoras."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1233
msgid "Unit"
msgstr "Unidade"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1234
msgid "The unit in which distances can be measured in the context"
msgstr "A unidade na que se poden medir as distancias no contexto"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1251
msgid "Show Dialog"
msgstr "Mostrar diálogo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1252
msgid "TRUE if a progress dialog is shown while printing."
msgstr "É TRUE se se mostra un diálogo de progreso ao imprimir."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1275
msgid "Allow Async"
msgstr "Permitir asíncrono"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1276
msgid "TRUE if print process may run asynchronous."
msgstr "É TRUE se o proceso de impresión se pode executar asincronamente."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1298 ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1299
msgid "Export filename"
msgstr "Exportar nome de ficheiro"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1313
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Estado"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1314
msgid "The status of the print operation"
msgstr "O estado da operación de impresión"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1334
msgid "Status String"
msgstr "Cadea de estado"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1335
msgid "A human-readable description of the status"
msgstr "Unha descrición lexíbel por humanos do estado"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1353
msgid "Custom tab label"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Etiqueta da lapela personalizada"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1354
msgid "Label for the tab containing custom widgets."
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Etiqueta para a lapela que contén widgets personalizados."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1369 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:409
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Support Selection"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Permite a selección"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1370
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the print operation will support print of selection."
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "TRUE se a operación de impresión permitirá a impresión da selección."
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1386 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:417
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Has Selection"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Ten unha selección"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1387
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if a selection exists."
2010-05-14 07:47:29 +00:00
msgstr "TRUE se existe unha selección."
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1402 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:425
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Embed Page Setup"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Configuración da páxina incorporada"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1403 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:426
msgid "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintUnixDialog"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
"TRUE se as caixas de combinación da configuración de páxina están "
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
"incorporadas no GtkPrintUnixDialog"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1424
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Number of Pages To Print"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Número de páxinas para imprimir"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1425
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "The number of pages that will be printed."
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "O número de páxinas que serán impresas."
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:367
msgid "The GtkPageSetup to use"
msgstr "O GtkPageSetup que usar"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:392
msgid "Selected Printer"
msgstr "Impresora seleccionada"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:393
msgid "The GtkPrinter which is selected"
msgstr "O GtkPrinter que está seleccionado"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:400
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Manual Capabilities"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Capacidades manuais"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:401
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Capabilities the application can handle"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Capacidades que o aplicativo pode manipular"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:410
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the dialog supports selection"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Se a caixa de diálogo permite a selección"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:418
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the application has a selection"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Cando o aplicativo ten unha seleccion"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:158
msgid "Fraction"
msgstr "Fracción"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:159
msgid "The fraction of total work that has been completed"
msgstr "A fracción do traballo total que se completou"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:166
msgid "Pulse Step"
msgstr "Paso de pulso"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:167
msgid "The fraction of total progress to move the bouncing block when pulsed"
msgstr ""
"A fracción do progreso total para mover o bloque rebotador cando se preme"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:175
msgid "Text to be displayed in the progress bar"
msgstr "Texto que se mostrará na barra de progreso"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:196
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
msgid "Show text"
msgstr "Mostrar texto"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:197
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
msgid "Whether the progress is shown as text."
msgstr "Indica se o progreso se mostra como texto."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:219
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progress bar does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string, if at all."
msgstr ""
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
"O lugar preferido para a elipse da cadea, se a barra de progreso non ten "
"espazo suficiente para mostrar a cadea completa."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:226
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "X spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento X"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:227
msgid "Extra spacing applied to the width of a progress bar."
msgstr "Espazo extra aplicado á largura dunha barra de progreso."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:232
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Y spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento Y"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:233
msgid "Extra spacing applied to the height of a progress bar."
msgstr "Un espazamento extra aplicado á altura dunha barra de progreso."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:246
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Minimum horizontal bar width"
msgstr "Largura horizontal mínima da barra"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:247
msgid "The minimum horizontal width of the progress bar"
msgstr "A largura horizontal mínima da barra de progreso"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:259
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Minimum horizontal bar height"
msgstr "Altura horizontal mínima da barra"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:260
msgid "Minimum horizontal height of the progress bar"
msgstr "A altura horizontal mínima da barra de progreso"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:272
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Minimum vertical bar width"
msgstr "Largura vertical mínima da barra"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:273
msgid "The minimum vertical width of the progress bar"
msgstr "A largura vertical mínima da barra de progreso"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:285
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Minimum vertical bar height"
msgstr "Altura vertical mínima da barra"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:286
msgid "The minimum vertical height of the progress bar"
msgstr "A altura vertical mínima da barra de progreso"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:116
msgid "The value"
msgstr "O valor"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:117
msgid ""
"The value returned by gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() when this action "
"is the current action of its group."
msgstr ""
"O valor devolto por gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() cando esta acción é "
"a acción actual do seu grupo."
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:133 ../gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:163
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c:426 ../gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c:83
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Group"
msgstr "Grupo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:134
msgid "The radio action whose group this action belongs to."
msgstr "O botón de opción a cuxo grupo pertence esta acción."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:149
msgid "The current value"
msgstr "O valor actual"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:150
msgid ""
"The value property of the currently active member of the group to which this "
"action belongs."
msgstr ""
"A propiedade do valor do membro actualmente activo do grupo ao que esta "
"acción pertence."
2012-08-31 19:06:05 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:164
msgid "The radio button whose group this widget belongs to."
msgstr "O botón de opción a cuxo grupo pertence este widget."
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c:427
msgid "The radio menu item whose group this widget belongs to."
msgstr "O elemento do menú de opción a cuxo grupo pertence este widget."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c:84
msgid "The radio tool button whose group this button belongs to."
msgstr "O botón de ferramenta de opción a cuxo grupo pertence este botón."
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:425
msgid "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this range object"
msgstr "O GtkAdjustment que contén o valor actual deste intervalo de obxectos"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:433
msgid "Invert direction slider moves to increase range value"
msgstr ""
"Inverter a dirección en que se move o control desprazábel para incrementar o "
"valor do intervalo"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:440
msgid "Lower stepper sensitivity"
msgstr "Sensibilidade de paso inferior"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:441
msgid ""
"The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's lower "
"side"
msgstr ""
"A política de sensibilidade para o paso que apunta ao lado máis baixo do "
"axuste"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:449
msgid "Upper stepper sensitivity"
msgstr "Sensibilidade do paso superior"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:450
msgid ""
"The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's upper "
"side"
msgstr ""
"A política de sensibilidade para o paso que apunta ao lado máis alto do "
"axuste"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:467
msgid "Show Fill Level"
msgstr "Mostrar nivel de recheo"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:468
msgid "Whether to display a fill level indicator graphics on trough."
msgstr ""
"Indica se se debe mostrar o indicador gráfico de nivel de recheo mentres se "
"enche."
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:484
msgid "Restrict to Fill Level"
msgstr "Restrinxir ao nivel de recheo"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:485
msgid "Whether to restrict the upper boundary to the fill level."
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se se debe restrinxir o límite superior ao nivel de recheo."
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:500
msgid "Fill Level"
msgstr "Nivel de recheo"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:501
msgid "The fill level."
msgstr "O nivel de recheo."
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:518
2011-01-16 16:14:23 +00:00
msgid "Round Digits"
msgstr "Díxitos"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:519
2011-01-16 16:14:23 +00:00
msgid "The number of digits to round the value to."
msgstr "O número de páxinas do documento."
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:527 ../gtk/gtkswitch.c:848
msgid "Slider Width"
msgstr "Largura do control desprazábel"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:528
msgid "Width of scrollbar or scale thumb"
msgstr "Largura da barra de desprazamento ou do indicador de escala"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:535
msgid "Trough Border"
msgstr "Bordo do canal"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:536
msgid "Spacing between thumb/steppers and outer trough bevel"
msgstr ""
"Espazamento entre o indicador de escala ou os pasos e o bisel do canal "
"exterior"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:543
msgid "Stepper Size"
msgstr "Tamaño do paso"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:544
msgid "Length of step buttons at ends"
msgstr "Lonxitude dos botóns de paso nos extremos"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:557
msgid "Stepper Spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento do paso"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:558
msgid "Spacing between step buttons and thumb"
msgstr "Espazamento entre os botóns de paso e o indicador de escala"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:565
msgid "Arrow X Displacement"
msgstr "Desprazamento X da frecha"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:566
msgid ""
"How far in the x direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
msgstr "Até onde se move a frecha na dirección X cando se solta o botón"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:573
msgid "Arrow Y Displacement"
msgstr "Desprazamento Y da frecha"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:574
msgid ""
"How far in the y direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
msgstr "Até onde se move a frecha na dirección Y cando se solta o botón"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:590
msgid "Trough Under Steppers"
msgstr "Canal baixo os pasos"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:591
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to draw trough for full length of range or exclude the steppers and "
"spacing"
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica se se debuxa para toda a lonxitude do intervalo ou se exclúe os pasos "
"e o espazamento"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:604
msgid "Arrow scaling"
msgstr "Escalado de frecha"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:605
msgid "Arrow scaling with regard to scroll button size"
msgstr "O escalado da frecha con atención ao tamaño do botón de desprazamento"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentaction.c:633 ../gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:244
msgid "Show Numbers"
msgstr "Mostrar números"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentaction.c:634 ../gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:245
msgid "Whether the items should be displayed with a number"
msgstr "Indica se os elementos deberían mostrarse cun número"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:130
msgid "Recent Manager"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Xestionar os recentes"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:131
msgid "The RecentManager object to use"
msgstr "O obxecto RecentManager que se vai usar"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:145
msgid "Show Private"
msgstr "Mostrar os privados"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:146
msgid "Whether the private items should be displayed"
msgstr "Indica se os elementos privados se deben mostrar"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:159
msgid "Show Tooltips"
msgstr "Mostrar as indicacións"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:160
msgid "Whether there should be a tooltip on the item"
msgstr "Indica se debe haber unha indicación no elemento"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:172
msgid "Show Icons"
msgstr "Mostrar iconas"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:173
msgid "Whether there should be an icon near the item"
msgstr "Indica se debe haber unha icona cerca do elemento"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:188
msgid "Show Not Found"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Mostrar os non atopados"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:189
msgid "Whether the items pointing to unavailable resources should be displayed"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se deben mostrar os elementos que apuntan a recursos non "
"dispoñíbeis"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:202
msgid "Whether to allow multiple items to be selected"
msgstr "Indica se se permite a selección de múltiples elementos"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:215
msgid "Local only"
msgstr "Só local"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:216
msgid "Whether the selected resource(s) should be limited to local file: URIs"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os recursos seleccionados deberían limitarse a URI de tipo 'file:' "
"locais"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:232
msgid "Limit"
msgstr "Límite"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:233
msgid "The maximum number of items to be displayed"
msgstr "O número máximo de elementos para mostrar"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:247
msgid "Sort Type"
msgstr "Tipo de ordenación"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:248
msgid "The sorting order of the items displayed"
msgstr "A orde de clasificación dos elementos mostrados"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:263
msgid "The current filter for selecting which resources are displayed"
msgstr "O filtro actual para seleccionar que recursos se mostran"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:294
msgid "The full path to the file to be used to store and read the list"
msgstr ""
"O camiño completo ao ficheiro que se vai usar para almacenar e ler a lista"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:309
msgid "The size of the recently used resources list"
msgstr "O tamaño da lista de recursos usados recentemente"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:219
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The value of the scale"
msgstr "O valor da escala"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:229
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The icon size"
msgstr "O tamaño da icona"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:238
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid ""
"The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this scale button object"
msgstr ""
"O GtkAdjustment que contén o valor actual deste obxecto de botón de escala"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:266
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Icons"
msgstr "Iconas"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:267
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "List of icon names"
msgstr "Lista dos nomes de iconas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:310
msgid "The number of decimal places that are displayed in the value"
msgstr "O número de lugares decimais que se mostran no valor"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:319
msgid "Draw Value"
msgstr "Valor de debuxo"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:320
msgid "Whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o valor actual se mostra como unha cadea contigua ao control "
"desprazábel"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:327
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Has Origin"
msgstr "Ten orixe"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:328
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Whether the scale has an origin"
msgstr "Indica se a escala ten unha orixe"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:335
msgid "Value Position"
msgstr "Posición do valor"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:336
msgid "The position in which the current value is displayed"
msgstr "A posición na que se mostra o valor actual"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:343
msgid "Slider Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude do control desprazábel"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:344
msgid "Length of scale's slider"
msgstr "Lonxitude da escala do control desprazábel"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:352
msgid "Value spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento do valor"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:353
msgid "Space between value text and the slider/trough area"
2006-05-30 20:25:18 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Espazo entre os valores de texto e a área do control desprazábel ou o canal"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:94
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal adjustment"
msgstr "Axuste horizontal"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:95
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid ""
"Horizontal adjustment that is shared between the scrollable widget and its "
"controller"
msgstr ""
"Axuste horizontal que é compartido entre o widget desprazábel e o seu "
"controlador"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:111
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Vertical adjustment"
msgstr "Axuste vertical"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:112
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid ""
"Vertical adjustment that is shared between the scrollable widget and its "
"controller"
msgstr ""
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
"O axuste vertical que é compartido entre o widget desprazábel e o seu "
"controlador"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:128
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Scrollable Policy"
msgstr "Normativa do desprazamento horizontal"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:129 ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:145
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "How the size of the content should be determined"
msgstr "Como se debe determinar o tamaño do contido"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollable.c:144
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Scrollable Policy"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "Normativa de desprazamento vertical"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:72
msgid "Minimum Slider Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude mínima do control desprazábel"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:73
msgid "Minimum length of scrollbar slider"
msgstr "Tamaño mínimo da barra de desprazamento do control desprazábel"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:81
msgid "Fixed slider size"
msgstr "Tamaño fixo do control desprazábel"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:82
msgid "Don't change slider size, just lock it to the minimum length"
msgstr ""
"Non cambiar o tamaño do control desprazábel, bloquealo na lonxitude mínima"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:103
msgid ""
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
msgstr ""
"Mostra un segundo botón de frecha de retroceso no extremo oposto da barra de "
"desprazamento"
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:110
msgid ""
"Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
msgstr ""
"Mostra un segundo botón de frecha de avance no extremo oposto da barra de "
"desprazamento"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:367
msgid "Horizontal Adjustment"
msgstr "Axuste horizontal"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:368
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the horizontal position"
msgstr "O GtkAdjustment para a posición horizontal"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:374
msgid "Vertical Adjustment"
msgstr "Axuste vertical"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:375
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the vertical position"
msgstr "O GtkAdjustment para a posición vertical"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:381
msgid "Horizontal Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr "Comportamento da barra de desprazamento horizontal"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:382
msgid "When the horizontal scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr "Cando se mostra a barra de desprazamento horizontal"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:389
msgid "Vertical Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr "Comportamento da barra de desprazamento vertical"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:390
msgid "When the vertical scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr "Cando se mostra a barra de desprazamento vertical"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:398
msgid "Window Placement"
msgstr "Colocación da xanela"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:399
msgid ""
"Where the contents are located with respect to the scrollbars. This property "
"only takes effect if \"window-placement-set\" is TRUE."
msgstr ""
"Onde se colocan os contidos respecto ás barras de desprazamento. Esta "
"propiedade só ten efecto se \"window-placement-set\" é TRUE."
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:416
msgid "Window Placement Set"
msgstr "Definición da colocación da xanela"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:417
msgid ""
"Whether \"window-placement\" should be used to determine the location of the "
"contents with respect to the scrollbars."
msgstr ""
"Indica se debe usarse \"window-placement\" para determinar a localización do "
"contido respecto ás barras de desprazamento."
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:423
msgid "Shadow Type"
msgstr "Tipo de sombra"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:424
msgid "Style of bevel around the contents"
msgstr "Estilo de bisel ao redor dos contidos"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:438
msgid "Scrollbars within bevel"
msgstr "Barra de desprazamento no bisel"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:439
msgid "Place scrollbars within the scrolled window's bevel"
msgstr ""
"Colocar as barras de desprazamento no bisel da xanela con desprazamento"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:445
msgid "Scrollbar spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento da barra de desprazamento"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:446
msgid "Number of pixels between the scrollbars and the scrolled window"
msgstr ""
"Número de píxeles entre as barras de desprazamentos e a xanela con "
"desprazamento"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:462
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Content Width"
msgstr "Anchura mínima do contido"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:463
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "The minimum width that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"
msgstr "A anchura mínima que a xanela desprazada reservará para o seu contido"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:477
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Content Height"
msgstr "Altura mínima do contido"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:478
msgid ""
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
"The minimum height that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"
msgstr "A altura mínima que a xanela desprazada reservará para o seu contido"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:493
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
msgid "Kinetic Scrolling"
msgstr "Desprazamento de Kinetic"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:494
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
msgid "Kinetic scrolling mode."
msgstr "Modo de desprazamento de Kinetic"
#: ../gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:141
msgid "Draw"
msgstr "Debuxar"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:142
msgid "Whether the separator is drawn, or just blank"
msgstr "Indica se se debuxa o separador ou se se deixa en branco"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:354
msgid "Double Click Time"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Tempo do dobre clic"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:355
msgid ""
"Maximum time allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a double "
"click (in milliseconds)"
msgstr ""
"Tempo máximo permitido entre dous clics para ser considerados como un clic "
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"dobre (en milisegundos)"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:362
msgid "Double Click Distance"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Distancia do dobre clic"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:363
msgid ""
"Maximum distance allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a "
"double click (in pixels)"
msgstr ""
"Distancia máxima permitida entre dous clics para ser considerados como un "
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"dobre clic (en píxeles)"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:379
msgid "Cursor Blink"
msgstr "Intermitencia do cursor"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:380
msgid "Whether the cursor should blink"
msgstr "Indica se o cursor debe pestanexar"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:387
msgid "Cursor Blink Time"
msgstr "Tempo de intermitencia do cursor"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:388
msgid "Length of the cursor blink cycle, in milliseconds"
msgstr "Duración do ciclo de intermitencia do cursor, en milisegundos"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:407
msgid "Cursor Blink Timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de intermitencia do cursor"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:408
msgid "Time after which the cursor stops blinking, in seconds"
msgstr ""
"Duración a partir de que se detén a intermitencia do cursor, en segundos"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:415
msgid "Split Cursor"
msgstr "Cursor dividido"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:416
msgid ""
"Whether two cursors should be displayed for mixed left-to-right and right-to-"
"left text"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se deben mostrar dous cursores para o texto mesturado de esquerda "
"a dereita e de dereita a esquerda"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:423
msgid "Theme Name"
msgstr "Nome do tema"
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:424
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
msgid "Name of theme to load"
msgstr "Nome do tema que cargar"
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:436
msgid "Icon Theme Name"
msgstr "Nome do tema de iconas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:437
msgid "Name of icon theme to use"
msgstr "Nome do tema de iconas para usar"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:445
msgid "Fallback Icon Theme Name"
msgstr "Nome do tema de iconas do modo de emerxencia"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:446
msgid "Name of a icon theme to fall back to"
msgstr "Nome do tema de iconas que usar cando o escollido falle"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:454
msgid "Key Theme Name"
msgstr "Nome do tema principal"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:455
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
msgid "Name of key theme to load"
msgstr "Nome do tema de teclas que cargar"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:463
msgid "Menu bar accelerator"
msgstr "Tecla rápida da barra de menús"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:464
msgid "Keybinding to activate the menu bar"
msgstr "Combinación de teclas para activar a barra de menús"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:472
msgid "Drag threshold"
msgstr "Límite de arrastre"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:473
msgid "Number of pixels the cursor can move before dragging"
msgstr "Número de píxeles que o cursor pode mover antes de iniciar o arrastre"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:481
msgid "Font Name"
msgstr "Nome do tipo de letra"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:482
msgid "Name of default font to use"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Nome do tipo de letra predeterminado que usar"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:504
msgid "Icon Sizes"
msgstr "Tamaño das iconas"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:505
msgid "List of icon sizes (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20..."
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Lista dos tamaños das iconas (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20…"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:513
msgid "GTK Modules"
msgstr "Módulos GTK"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:514
msgid "List of currently active GTK modules"
msgstr "Lista dos módulos GTK actualmente activos"
2005-10-31 22:36:13 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:522
msgid "Xft Antialias"
msgstr "Suavizado Xft"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:523
msgid "Whether to antialias Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
msgstr ""
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
"Indica se se suavizan os bordos dos tipo de letra Xft, 0=non, 1=si, "
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"-1=predeterminado"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:532
msgid "Xft Hinting"
msgstr "Contorno Xft"
2005-10-31 22:36:13 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:533
msgid "Whether to hint Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
"Indica se se usa o contorno dos tipo de letra Xft; 0=non, 1=si, "
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"-1=predeterminado"
2005-10-31 22:36:13 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:542
msgid "Xft Hint Style"
msgstr "Estilo de contorno Xft"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:543
2005-10-31 22:36:13 +00:00
msgid ""
"What degree of hinting to use; hintnone, hintslight, hintmedium, or hintfull"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Que grao de contorno hai que usar: ningunha, lixeira, media ou completa"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:552
msgid "Xft RGBA"
msgstr "Xft RGBA"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:553
msgid "Type of subpixel antialiasing; none, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr"
msgstr "Tipo de suavizado de subpíxel: ningún, rgb, vrgb, vbgr"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:562
msgid "Xft DPI"
msgstr "PPP Xft"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:563
msgid "Resolution for Xft, in 1024 * dots/inch. -1 to use default value"
msgstr ""
"Resolución para Xft, en 1024 * puntos por polgada. -1 para usar o valor "
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"predeterminado"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:572
msgid "Cursor theme name"
msgstr "Nome do tema de cursor"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:573
msgid "Name of the cursor theme to use, or NULL to use the default theme"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Nome do tema de cursor que usar ou NULL para usar o tema predeterminado"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:581
msgid "Cursor theme size"
msgstr "Tamaño do tema de cursor"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:582
msgid "Size to use for cursors, or 0 to use the default size"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"Tamaño que se vai usar para os cursores ou 0 para usar o tamaño "
"predeterminado"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:591
msgid "Alternative button order"
msgstr "Orde alternativa dos botóns"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:592
msgid "Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os botóns nos diálogos deben usar a orde alternativa de botóns"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:609
msgid "Alternative sort indicator direction"
msgstr "Dirección alternativa do indicador de orde"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:610
msgid ""
"Whether the direction of the sort indicators in list and tree views is "
"inverted compared to the default (where down means ascending)"
msgstr ""
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
"Indica se a dirección dos indicadores de orde nas visualizacións de lista e "
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"en árbore está invertida en comparación coa predeterminada (onde abaixo "
"significa ascendente)"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:618
msgid "Show the 'Input Methods' menu"
msgstr "Mostrar o menú Métodos de entrada"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:619
msgid ""
"Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to change "
"the input method"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os menús de contexto das entradas e as visualizacións de texto "
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
"deben ofrecer cambiar o método de entrada"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:627
msgid "Show the 'Insert Unicode Control Character' menu"
msgstr "Mostrar o menú Inserir carácter de control Unicode"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:628
msgid ""
"Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to insert "
"control characters"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os menús de contexto das entradas e as visualizacións de texto "
"deben ofrecer inserir caracteres de control"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:636
msgid "Start timeout"
msgstr "Comezar o tempo de espera"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:637
msgid "Starting value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
msgstr "Valor de inicio para o tempo de espera, cando se prema o botón"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:646
msgid "Repeat timeout"
msgstr "Repetir o tempo de espera"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:647
msgid "Repeat value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
msgstr "Valor de repetición para o tempo de espera, cando o botón se prema"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:656
msgid "Expand timeout"
msgstr "Ampliar o tempo de espera"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:657
msgid "Expand value for timeouts, when a widget is expanding a new region"
msgstr ""
"Valor de ampliación para os tempos de espera, cando un widget está "
"expandindo unha nova rexión"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:695
msgid "Color scheme"
msgstr "Esquema de cor"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:696
msgid "A palette of named colors for use in themes"
msgstr "Unha paleta de cores con nome para usar nos temas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:705
msgid "Enable Animations"
msgstr "Activar animacións"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:706
msgid "Whether to enable toolkit-wide animations."
msgstr "Indica se se activan as animacións para todo o toolkit."
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:727
msgid "Enable Touchscreen Mode"
msgstr "Activar o modo de pantalla táctil"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:728
msgid "When TRUE, there are no motion notify events delivered on this screen"
msgstr ""
"Cando é TRUE, non se envían eventos de notificación de movemento a esta "
"pantalla"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:745
msgid "Tooltip timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de espera da indicación"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:746
msgid "Timeout before tooltip is shown"
msgstr "Tempo de espera antes de que se mostre a indicación"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:771
msgid "Tooltip browse timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de espera da indicación de navegación"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:772
msgid "Timeout before tooltip is shown when browse mode is enabled"
msgstr ""
"Tempo de espera antes de que se mostre a indicación cando o modo de "
"navegación está activo"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:793
msgid "Tooltip browse mode timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de espera da indicación en modo de navegación"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:794
msgid "Timeout after which browse mode is disabled"
msgstr "Tempo de espera despois do que se desactiva o modo de navegación"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:813
msgid "Keynav Cursor Only"
msgstr "Só cursor para navegar con teclas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:814
msgid "When TRUE, there are only cursor keys available to navigate widgets"
msgstr ""
"Cando sexa TRUE, só hai teclas de cursor dispoñíbeis para navegar polos "
"widgets"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:831
msgid "Keynav Wrap Around"
msgstr "Dar a volta coa navegación con teclas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:832
msgid "Whether to wrap around when keyboard-navigating widgets"
msgstr "Indica se se dá a volta cando se navegue cos widgets co teclado"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:852
msgid "Error Bell"
msgstr "Campá de erro"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:853
msgid "When TRUE, keyboard navigation and other errors will cause a beep"
msgstr ""
"Cando sexa TRUE, a navegación co teclado e outros erros emitirán un ton de "
"aviso"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:872
msgid "Color Hash"
msgstr "Hash da cor"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:873
msgid "A hash table representation of the color scheme."
msgstr "Unha representación en táboa hash do esquema de cor."
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:881
msgid "Default file chooser backend"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "Infraestrutura predeterminada do selector de ficheiros"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:882
msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "Nome da infraestrutura de GtkFileChooser para usar por defecto"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:899
msgid "Default print backend"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "Infraestrutura de impresión predeterminada"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:900
msgid "List of the GtkPrintBackend backends to use by default"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "Lista das infraestruturas de GtkPrintBackend para usar por defecto"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:923
msgid "Default command to run when displaying a print preview"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"Orde predeterminada para executar ao mostrar unha visualización previa de "
"impresión"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:924
msgid "Command to run when displaying a print preview"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Orde para executar ao mostrar unha visualización previa de impresión"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:940
msgid "Enable Mnemonics"
msgstr "Activar mnemónicos"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:941
msgid "Whether labels should have mnemonics"
msgstr "Indica se as etiquetas deben ser mnemónicas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:957
msgid "Enable Accelerators"
msgstr "Activar teclas rápidas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:958
msgid "Whether menu items should have accelerators"
msgstr "Indica se os elementos de menús deben ter teclas rápidas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:975
msgid "Recent Files Limit"
msgstr "Límite de ficheiros recentes"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:976
msgid "Number of recently used files"
msgstr "Número de ficheiros usados recentemente"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:996
msgid "Default IM module"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Módulo de MI predeterminado"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:997
msgid "Which IM module should be used by default"
msgstr "O módulo de MI que se debería usar por defecto"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1015
msgid "Recent Files Max Age"
msgstr "Antigüidade máxima dos ficheiros recentes"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1016
msgid "Maximum age of recently used files, in days"
msgstr "A antigüidade máxima dos ficheiros usados recentemente, en días"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1025
msgid "Fontconfig configuration timestamp"
msgstr "Marca temporal de configuración do Fontconfig"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1026
msgid "Timestamp of current fontconfig configuration"
msgstr "A marca temporal da configuración actual do Fontconfig"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1048
msgid "Sound Theme Name"
msgstr "Nome do tema de son"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1049
msgid "XDG sound theme name"
msgstr "Nome do tema de son XDG"
#. Translators: this means sounds that are played as feedback to user input
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1071
msgid "Audible Input Feedback"
msgstr "Retroacción audíbel á entrada"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1072
msgid "Whether to play event sounds as feedback to user input"
msgstr ""
"Indica se hai que reproducir eventos de son como retroacción á entrada do "
"usuario"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1093
msgid "Enable Event Sounds"
msgstr "Activar os eventos de son"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1094
msgid "Whether to play any event sounds at all"
msgstr "Indica se hai que activar todos os eventos de son"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1109
msgid "Enable Tooltips"
msgstr "Activar indicacións"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1110
msgid "Whether tooltips should be shown on widgets"
msgstr "Indica se se deberían mostrar as indicacións nos widgets"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1123
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar style"
msgstr "Estilo da barra de ferramentas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1124
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether default toolbars have text only, text and icons, icons only, etc."
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"Indica se as barras de ferramentas predeterminadas teñen só texto, texto e "
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
"iconas, só iconas etc."
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1138
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar Icon Size"
msgstr "Tamaño da icona da barra de ferramentas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1139
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "The size of icons in default toolbars."
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Tamaño das iconas das barras de ferramentas predeterminadas."
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1156
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid "Auto Mnemonics"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Mnemónicos automáticos"
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1157
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether mnemonics should be automatically shown and hidden when the user "
"presses the mnemonic activator."
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"Indica se os mnemónicos deberían mostrarse e agocharse automáticamente cando "
"o usuario prema un activador de mnemónico."
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1173
2012-09-14 23:59:20 +00:00
msgid "Primary button warps slider"
2012-09-21 11:26:50 +00:00
msgstr "O botón primario deforma o deslizador"
2012-09-14 23:59:20 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1174
2012-09-14 23:59:20 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether a primary click on the trough should warp the slider into position"
msgstr ""
2012-09-21 11:26:50 +00:00
"Indica si unha pulsación no carril debe deformar o deslizador na posición"
2012-09-14 23:59:20 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1190
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
msgid "Visible Focus"
msgstr "Foco visíbel"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1191
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether 'focus rectangles' should be hidden until the user starts to use the "
"keyboard."
msgstr ""
"Indica se se deben agochar os «rectángulos de foco» até que o usuario comeza "
"a usar o teclado."
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1217
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Application prefers a dark theme"
2010-05-14 07:47:29 +00:00
msgstr "O aplicativo prefire un tema escuro"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1218
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Whether the application prefers to have a dark theme."
2010-05-14 07:47:29 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o aplicativo prefire un tema escuro."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1233
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Show button images"
msgstr "Mostrar imaxes no botón"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1234
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Whether images should be shown on buttons"
msgstr "Indica se se deberían mostrar as imaxes nos botóns"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1242 ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1336
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Select on focus"
msgstr "Seleccionar ao enfocar"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1243
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Whether to select the contents of an entry when it is focused"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se deben seleccionar os contidos dunha entrada cando está enfocada"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1260
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Password Hint Timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de espera para a suxestión de contrasinal"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1261
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "How long to show the last input character in hidden entries"
msgstr ""
"Durante canto tempo hai que mostrar o último carácter introducido nas "
"entradas ocultas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1270
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Show menu images"
msgstr "Mostrar as imaxes de menú"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1271
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Whether images should be shown in menus"
msgstr "Indica se se deben mostrar ou non as imaxes nos menús"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1279
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Delay before drop down menus appear"
msgstr "Atraso antes de que os menús despregábeis aparezan"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1280
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Delay before the submenus of a menu bar appear"
msgstr "Atraso antes de que os submenús dunha barra de menú aparezan"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1297
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Scrolled Window Placement"
msgstr "Colocación da xanela con desprazamento"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1298
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid ""
"Where the contents of scrolled windows are located with respect to the "
"scrollbars, if not overridden by the scrolled window's own placement."
msgstr ""
"Onde se coloca o contido das xanelas con desprazamento con respecto ás "
"barras de desprazamento, se non toma precedencia a colocación da propia "
"xanela con desprazamento."
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1307
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Can change accelerators"
msgstr "Pode cambiar as teclas rápidas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1308
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as teclas rápidas do menú poden ser cambiadas premendo unha tecla "
"sobre o elemento de menú"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1316
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Delay before submenus appear"
msgstr "Atraso antes de que os submenús aparezan"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1317
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid ""
"Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear"
msgstr ""
"Tempo mínimo no que o punteiro debe permanecer sobre un elemento de menú "
"antes de que o submenú apareza"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1326
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Atraso antes de agochar un submenú"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1327
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid ""
"The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the "
"submenu"
msgstr ""
"Tempo antes de ocultar un submenú cando o punteiro se estea a mover cara ao "
"submenú"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1337
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Whether to select the contents of a selectable label when it is focused"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se seleccionan os contidos dunha etiqueta seleccionábel cando está "
"enfocada"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1345
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Custom palette"
msgstr "Paleta personalizada"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1346
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Palette to use in the color selector"
msgstr "A paleta que se usará no selector de cores"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1354
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "IM Preedit style"
msgstr "Estilo preedit IM"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1355
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "How to draw the input method preedit string"
msgstr "Como debuxar a cadea do método de entrada de preedit"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1364
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "IM Status style"
msgstr "Estilo do estado IM"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1365
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "How to draw the input method statusbar"
msgstr "Como debuxar o método de entrada da barra de estado"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1374
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Desktop shell shows app menu"
msgstr "A shell do escritorio mostra o menú de aplicativos"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1375
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the app menu, FALSE if "
"the app should display it itself."
msgstr ""
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
"Estabelecer a certo se o ambiente de escritorio mostra o menú de "
"aplicativos, ou a falso se o menú de aplicativos se debe mostrar por si "
"mesmo."
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1384
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Desktop shell shows the menubar"
msgstr "A shell do escritorio mostra a barra de menú"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1385
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid ""
"Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the menubar, FALSE if "
"the app should display it itself."
msgstr ""
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
"Estabelecer a certo se o ambiente de escritorio mostra a barra de menú, ou a "
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
"falso se os aplicativos débeno mostrar por si mesmos."
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1402
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
msgid "Enable primary paste"
msgstr "Activar o pegado primario"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1403
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether a middle click on a mouse should paste the 'PRIMARY' clipboard "
"content at the cursor location."
msgstr ""
"Indica se unha opción co botón central do rato debe pegar o contido do "
"portapapeis «PRIMARIO» na posición do cursor."
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:324 ../gtk/gtktreeselection.c:129
msgid "Mode"
msgstr "Modo"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:325
msgid ""
"The directions in which the size group affects the requested sizes of its "
"component widgets"
msgstr ""
"As direccións en que o tamaño do grupo afecta aos tamaños solicitados dos "
"seus compoñentes widgets"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:341
msgid "Ignore hidden"
msgstr "Ignorar ocultos"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:342
msgid ""
"If TRUE, unmapped widgets are ignored when determining the size of the group"
msgstr ""
"Se é TRUE, os widgets non mapeados ignoraranse ao determinar o tamaño do "
"grupo"
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:344
msgid "Climb Rate"
msgstr "Taxa de incremento"
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:364
msgid "Snap to Ticks"
msgstr "Axustar aos pasos"
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:365
msgid ""
"Whether erroneous values are automatically changed to a spin button's "
"nearest step increment"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os valores errados se cambian automaticamente polo incremento de "
"paso máis próximo dun botón de axuste"
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:372
msgid "Numeric"
msgstr "Numérico"
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:373
msgid "Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored"
msgstr "Indica se se deben ignorar os caracteres non numéricos"
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:380
msgid "Wrap"
msgstr "Axustar"
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:381
msgid "Whether a spin button should wrap upon reaching its limits"
msgstr ""
"Indica se un botón de axuste debe axustarse cara a arriba até alcanzar os "
"seus límites"
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:388
msgid "Update Policy"
msgstr "Política de actualización"
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:389
msgid ""
"Whether the spin button should update always, or only when the value is legal"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o botón de axuste debe actualizarse sempre ou só cando o valor é "
"correcto"
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:398
msgid "Reads the current value, or sets a new value"
msgstr "Le o valor actual ou define un valor novo"
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:411
msgid "Style of bevel around the spin button"
msgstr "Estilo de bisel ao redor do botón de axuste"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinner.c:115
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the spinner is active"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o spinner é activábel"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:183
msgid "Style of bevel around the statusbar text"
msgstr "Estilo do bisel ao redor do texto da barra de estado"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:281
msgid "The size of the icon"
msgstr "O tamaño da icona"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:291
msgid "The screen where this status icon will be displayed"
msgstr "A pantalla onde se mostrará esta icona de estado"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:299
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the status icon is visible"
msgstr "Indica se o estado da icona é visíbel ou non"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:315
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the status icon is embedded"
msgstr "Indica se a icona de estado está incrustada"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:331 ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:127
msgid "The orientation of the tray"
msgstr "A orientación da bandexa"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:358 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1125
msgid "Has tooltip"
msgstr "Ten indicación"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:359
msgid "Whether this tray icon has a tooltip"
msgstr "Indica se esta icona de bandexa ten unha indicación"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:384 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1146
msgid "Tooltip Text"
msgstr "Texto da indicación"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:385 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1147 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1168
msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this widget"
msgstr "Os contidos da indicación para este widget"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:408 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1167
msgid "Tooltip markup"
msgstr "Marcado das indicacións"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:409
msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this tray icon"
msgstr "O contido da indicación para esta icona de bandexa"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:427
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
msgid "The title of this tray icon"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "O título desta icona na barra de tarefas"
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:442
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The associated GdkScreen"
msgstr "O GdkScreen asociado"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:448
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Direction"
msgstr "Enderezo"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:449 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:287
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Text direction"
msgstr "Dirección do texto"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:465
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The parent style context"
msgstr "Estilo do contexto do pai"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstyleproperty.c:110
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Property name"
msgstr "Nome da propiedade"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstyleproperty.c:111
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The name of the property"
msgstr "O nome da propiedade"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstyleproperty.c:117
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Value type"
msgstr "Tipo de valor"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstyleproperty.c:118
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The value type returned by GtkStyleContext"
msgstr "O tipo de valor devolto por GtkStyleContext"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkswitch.c:815
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Whether the switch is on or off"
msgstr "Indica se o interruptor está acendido ou apagado"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkswitch.c:849
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The minimum width of the handle"
msgstr "O ancho mínimo do tirador"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:201
msgid "Tag Table"
msgstr "Táboa de etiquetas"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:202
msgid "Text Tag Table"
msgstr "Táboa de etiquetas de texto"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:220
msgid "Current text of the buffer"
msgstr "Texto actual do búfer"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:234
msgid "Has selection"
msgstr "Está selecccionado"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:235
msgid "Whether the buffer has some text currently selected"
msgstr "Indica se o búfer ten actualmente algún texto seleccionado"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:251
msgid "Cursor position"
msgstr "Posición do cursor"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:252
msgid ""
"The position of the insert mark (as offset from the beginning of the buffer)"
msgstr ""
"A posición da marca de inserción (como desprazamento desde o principio do "
"búfer)"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:267
msgid "Copy target list"
msgstr "Lista de destinos da copia"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:268
msgid ""
"The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard copying and DND source"
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"A lista de destinos que admite este búfer para copiar desde o portapapeis e "
"a orixe do DND"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:283
msgid "Paste target list"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Lista de destinos para pegar"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:284
msgid ""
"The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard pasting and DND "
"destination"
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"A lista de destinos que admite este búfer para pegar desde o portapapeis e o "
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"destino do DND"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexthandle.c:470 ../gtk/gtktexthandle.c:471
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:991
msgid "Parent widget"
msgstr "Widget pai"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexthandle.c:478 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1182
msgid "Window"
msgstr "Xanela"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexthandle.c:479
msgid "Window the coordinates are based upon"
msgstr "A xanela na que se basean as coordenadas"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextmark.c:127
msgid "Mark name"
msgstr "Nome de marca"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextmark.c:134
msgid "Left gravity"
msgstr "Gravidade esquerda"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextmark.c:135
msgid "Whether the mark has left gravity"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca ten gravidade esquerda"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:193
msgid "Tag name"
msgstr "Nome de etiqueta"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:194
msgid "Name used to refer to the text tag. NULL for anonymous tags"
msgstr ""
"Nome usado para referirse á etiqueta do texto. NULL para etiquetas anónimas"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:233
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
msgid "Background RGBA"
msgstr "Fondo RGBA"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:241
msgid "Background full height"
msgstr "Altura completa do fondo"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:242
msgid ""
"Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height "
"of the tagged characters"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a cor de fondo enche a altura completa da liña ou só a altura dos "
"caracteres etiquetados"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:279
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
msgid "Foreground RGBA"
msgstr "Primeiro plano RGBA"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:288
msgid "Text direction, e.g. right-to-left or left-to-right"
msgstr ""
"Dirección do texto, por exemplo de dereita a esquerda ou de esquerda a "
"dereita"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:337
msgid "Font style as a PangoStyle, e.g. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Estilo do tipo de letra coma un PangoStyle, por exemplo PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:346
msgid "Font variant as a PangoVariant, e.g. PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Variante do tipo de letra coma unha PangoVariant, por exemplo "
"PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:355
msgid ""
"Font weight as an integer, see predefined values in PangoWeight; for "
"example, PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"Grosor do tipo de letra como un enteiro. Vexa os valores predeterminadas en "
"PangoWeight; por exemplo PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:366
msgid "Font stretch as a PangoStretch, e.g. PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Tipo de letra axustada coma un PangoStretch, por exemplo "
"PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:375
msgid "Font size in Pango units"
msgstr "Tamaño do tipo de letra en unidades Pango"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:385
msgid ""
"Font size as a scale factor relative to the default font size. This properly "
"adapts to theme changes etc. so is recommended. Pango predefines some scales "
"such as PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Tamaño do tipo de letra coma un factor de escala relativo ao tamaño "
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"predeterminado do tipo de letra. Esta propiedade adáptase aos cambios de "
"tema etc., polo que é recomendábel. O Pango define previamente algunhas "
"escalas tales como PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:405 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:722
msgid "Left, right, or center justification"
msgstr "Xustificación á esquerda, á dereita ou ao centro"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:424
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If not set, an appropriate default will be used."
msgstr ""
"O idioma no que está este texto, como un código ISO. O Pango pode usar isto "
"como unha axuda ao renderizar o texto. Se non se estabelece este parámetro "
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"usarase como predeterminado o máis apropiado."
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:431
msgid "Left margin"
msgstr "Marxe esquerda"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:432 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:731
msgid "Width of the left margin in pixels"
msgstr "Largura da marxe esquerda en píxeles"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:441
msgid "Right margin"
msgstr "Marxe dereita"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:442 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:741
msgid "Width of the right margin in pixels"
msgstr "Largura da marxe dereita en píxeles"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:452 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:750
msgid "Indent"
msgstr "Sangría"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:453 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:751
msgid "Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels"
msgstr "Cantidade en píxeles para a sangría de parágrafo"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:464
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative) "
"in Pango units"
msgstr ""
"Desprazamento do texto sobre a liña base (por debaixo da liña base se a "
"elevación é negativa) en unidades Pango"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:473
msgid "Pixels above lines"
msgstr "Píxeles encima das liñas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:474 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:675
msgid "Pixels of blank space above paragraphs"
msgstr "Píxeles de espazo en branco encima do parágrafos"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:483
msgid "Pixels below lines"
msgstr "Píxeles debaixo das liñas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:484 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:685
msgid "Pixels of blank space below paragraphs"
msgstr "Píxeles de espazo en branco debaixo dos parágrafos"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:493
msgid "Pixels inside wrap"
msgstr "Píxeles dentro do axuste"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:494 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:695
msgid "Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in a paragraph"
msgstr "Píxeles de espazo en branco entre as liñas axustadas nun parágrafo"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:521 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:713
msgid ""
"Whether to wrap lines never, at word boundaries, or at character boundaries"
msgstr ""
"Indica se nunca se axustan as liñas aos límites de palabra ou aos límites de "
"carácter"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:530 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:760
msgid "Tabs"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Lapelas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:531 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:761
msgid "Custom tabs for this text"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Lapelas personalizadas para este texto"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:549
msgid "Invisible"
msgstr "Invisíbel"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:550
msgid "Whether this text is hidden."
msgstr "Indica se este texto está oculto."
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:564
msgid "Paragraph background color name"
msgstr "Nome da cor de fondo do parágrafo"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:565
msgid "Paragraph background color as a string"
msgstr "Nome da cor de fondo do parágrafo como unha cadea"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:581
msgid "Paragraph background color"
msgstr "Cor de fondo do parágrafo"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:582
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Cor de fondo do parágrafo como un GdkColor"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:596
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background RGBA"
msgstr "Fondo do parágrafo RGBA"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:597
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background RGBA as a GdkRGBA"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgstr "Color de fondo do parágrafo como un GdkRGBA"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:615
msgid "Margin Accumulates"
msgstr "Acumulación de marxes"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:616
msgid "Whether left and right margins accumulate."
msgstr "Indica se as marxes esquerda e dereita son acumulativas."
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:629
msgid "Background full height set"
msgstr "Definición da altura completa do fondo"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:630
msgid "Whether this tag affects background height"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á altura do fondo"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:669
msgid "Justification set"
msgstr "Definición da xustificación"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:670
msgid "Whether this tag affects paragraph justification"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á xustificación do parágrafo"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:677
msgid "Left margin set"
msgstr "Definición da marxe esquerda"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:678
msgid "Whether this tag affects the left margin"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á marxe esquerda"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:681
msgid "Indent set"
msgstr "Definición da sangría"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:682
msgid "Whether this tag affects indentation"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á sangría"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:689
msgid "Pixels above lines set"
msgstr "Definición dos píxeles sobre o conxunto de liñas"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:690 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:694
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels above lines"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta a cantidade de píxeles sobre as liñas"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:693
msgid "Pixels below lines set"
msgstr "Definición dos píxeles debaixo do conxunto de liñas"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:697
msgid "Pixels inside wrap set"
msgstr "Definición dos píxeles dentro do axuste"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:698
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels between wrapped lines"
msgstr ""
"Indica se esta marca afecta a cantidade de píxeles entre as liñas axustadas"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:705
msgid "Right margin set"
msgstr "Definición da marxe dereita"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:706
msgid "Whether this tag affects the right margin"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á marxe dereita"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:713
msgid "Wrap mode set"
msgstr "Definición do modo de axuste"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:714
msgid "Whether this tag affects line wrap mode"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao modo de axuste de liña"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:717
msgid "Tabs set"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Definición das lapelas"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:718
msgid "Whether this tag affects tabs"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ás lapelas"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:721
msgid "Invisible set"
msgstr "Definición de invisíbel"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:722
msgid "Whether this tag affects text visibility"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á visibilidade do texto"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:725
msgid "Paragraph background set"
msgstr "Definición do fondo de parágrafo"
2012-06-03 13:06:14 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:726
msgid "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background color"
msgstr "Indica se esta etiqueta afecta á cor de fondo de parágrafo"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:674
msgid "Pixels Above Lines"
msgstr "Píxeles encima das liñas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:684
msgid "Pixels Below Lines"
msgstr "Píxeles debaixo das liñas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:694
msgid "Pixels Inside Wrap"
msgstr "Píxeles dentro do axuste"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:712
msgid "Wrap Mode"
msgstr "Modo de axuste"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:730
msgid "Left Margin"
msgstr "Marxe esquerda"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:740
msgid "Right Margin"
msgstr "Marxe dereita"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:768
msgid "Cursor Visible"
msgstr "Cursor visíbel"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:769
msgid "If the insertion cursor is shown"
msgstr "Se se mostra o cursor de inserción"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:776
msgid "Buffer"
msgstr "Búfer"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:777
msgid "The buffer which is displayed"
msgstr "O búfer que se mostra"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:785
msgid "Whether entered text overwrites existing contents"
msgstr "Indica se o texto introducido sobrescribe os contidos existentes"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:792
msgid "Accepts tab"
msgstr "Acepta tabulación"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:793
msgid "Whether Tab will result in a tab character being entered"
msgstr "Indica se o tabulador resultará nun carácter de tabulación introducido"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:864
msgid "Error underline color"
msgstr "Cor de subliñado de erros"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:865
msgid "Color with which to draw error-indication underlines"
msgstr "Cor coa que debuxar o subliñado de indicación de erros"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkthemingengine.c:259
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Theming engine name"
msgstr "Nome do motor de temas"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:116
msgid "Create the same proxies as a radio action"
msgstr "Crear os mesmos proxies como unha acción radio"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:117
msgid "Whether the proxies for this action look like radio action proxies"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a aparencia dos proxies para esta acción é como a dun proxy de "
"acción radio"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:132
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the toggle action should be active"
msgstr "Se a acción de conmutación debe estar activa ou non"
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:174 ../gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c:126
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "If the toggle button should be pressed in"
msgstr "Se o botón de estado debe estar premido ou non"
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:182
msgid "If the toggle button is in an \"in between\" state"
msgstr "Se o botón de estado está en estado \"intermedio\""
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:189
msgid "Draw Indicator"
msgstr "Debuxar o indicador"
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:190
msgid "If the toggle part of the button is displayed"
msgstr "Se se mostra a parte de activación do botón"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:498 ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1043
msgid "Toolbar Style"
msgstr "Estilo da barra de ferramentas"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:499
msgid "How to draw the toolbar"
msgstr "Como debuxar a barra de ferramentas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:506
msgid "Show Arrow"
msgstr "Mostrar frecha"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:507
msgid "If an arrow should be shown if the toolbar doesn't fit"
msgstr "Se debe mostrar unha frecha se a barra de ferramentas non encaixa"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:528
msgid "Size of icons in this toolbar"
msgstr "Tamaño das iconas nesta barra de ferramentas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:543 ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1029
msgid "Icon size set"
msgstr "Definición do tamaño da icona"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:544 ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1030
msgid "Whether the icon-size property has been set"
msgstr "Indica se se estabeleceu a propiedade de tamaño da icona"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:553
msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the toolbar grows"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o elemento debe recibir espazo adicional cando a barra de "
"ferramentas medre"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:561 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1651
msgid "Whether the item should be the same size as other homogeneous items"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o elemento debería ser do mesmo tamaño que outros elementos "
"homoxéneos"
2005-10-19 23:09:08 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:568
msgid "Spacer size"
msgstr "Tamaño do espazador"
2005-10-19 23:09:08 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:569
msgid "Size of spacers"
msgstr "Tamaño dos espazadores"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:587
msgid "Amount of border space between the toolbar shadow and the buttons"
msgstr ""
"Cantidade de espazo do bordo entre a sombra da barra de ferramentas e os "
"botóns"
2005-10-19 23:09:08 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:595
msgid "Maximum child expand"
msgstr "Expansión de fillos máxima"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:596
msgid "Maximum amount of space an expandable item will be given"
msgstr "Cantidade máxima de espazo que se lle dará a un elemento expandíbel"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:604
msgid "Space style"
msgstr "Estilo do espazo"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:605
msgid "Whether spacers are vertical lines or just blank"
msgstr "Indica se os espazadores son liñas verticais ou só espazos en branco"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:612
msgid "Button relief"
msgstr "Relevo do botón"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:613
msgid "Type of bevel around toolbar buttons"
msgstr "Tipo de bisel ao redor dos botóns da barra de ferramentas"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:629
msgid "Style of bevel around the toolbar"
msgstr "Estilo do bisel ao redor da barra de ferramentas"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:240
msgid "Text to show in the item."
msgstr "Texto para mostrar no elemento."
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:247
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next character "
"should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the overflow menu"
msgstr ""
"Se se estabelece, un subliñado na etiqueta da propiedade indica que o "
"seguinte carácter debería usarse para a tecla rápida mnemónica no menú de "
"desbordamento"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:254
msgid "Widget to use as the item label"
msgstr "Widget que usar como etiqueta do elemento"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:260
msgid "Stock Id"
msgstr "ID de inventario"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:261
msgid "The stock icon displayed on the item"
msgstr "A icona de inventario mostrada no elemento"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:277
msgid "Icon name"
msgstr "Nome da icona"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:278
msgid "The name of the themed icon displayed on the item"
msgstr "O nome da icona de tema mostrada no elemento"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:284
msgid "Icon widget"
msgstr "Icona do widget"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:285
msgid "Icon widget to display in the item"
msgstr "Icona do widget para mostrar no elemento"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:301
msgid "Icon spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento da icona"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:302
msgid "Spacing in pixels between the icon and label"
msgstr "Espazamento en píxeles entre a icona e a etiqueta"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:206
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is considered important. When TRUE, toolbar buttons "
"show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o elemento da barra de ferramentas se considera importante. Cando "
"é TRUE, os botóns da barra de ferramentas mostran o texto no modo "
"GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1598
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "The human-readable title of this item group"
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
msgstr "Unha título lexíbel por humanos deste elemento de grupo"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1605
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual label"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Un widget para mostrar no lugar da etiqueta habitual"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1611
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Collapsed"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Recollido"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1612
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Whether the group has been collapsed and items are hidden"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se grupo foi contraído e os elementos agochados"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1618
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "ellipsize"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Elipse"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1619
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Ellipsize for item group headers"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Elipse para as cabeceiras de grupo do elemento"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1625
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Header Relief"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Relieve da cabeceira"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1626
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Relief of the group header button"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Relieve do botón de cabeceira de grupo"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1641
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Header Spacing"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Espazamento da cabeceira"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1642
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between expander arrow and caption"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Espazamento entre a frecha expansora e o título"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1658
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the group grows"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o elemento debe recibir espazo adicional cando o grupo medre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1665
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should fill the available space"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o elemento deben encher o espazo dispoñíbel"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1671
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "New Row"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Nova fila"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1672
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should start a new row"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se os elementos deberían mostrarse nunha nova fila"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1679
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Position of the item within this group"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Posición do elemento neste grupo"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1014
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Size of icons in this tool palette"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Tamaño das iconas nesta paleta de ferramentas"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1044
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Style of items in the tool palette"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Estilo dos elementos na paleta de ferramentas"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1060
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Exclusive"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Exclusivo"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1061
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item group should be the only expanded at a given time"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica se o grupo de elementos deberían expandirse só nun momento determinado"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-09-19 01:05:38 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1076
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the item group should receive extra space when the palette grows"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica se o grupo de elementos debe recibir espazo adicional cando a paleta "
"medre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:136
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color for symbolic icons"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano para as iconas simbólicas"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:143
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Error color"
msgstr "Cor de erro"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:144
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Error color for symbolic icons"
msgstr "Cor de erro para as iconas simbólicas"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:151
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Warning color"
msgstr "Cor de aviso"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:152
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Warning color for symbolic icons"
msgstr "Cor de aviso para as iconas simbólicas"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:159
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Success color"
msgstr "Cor de éxito"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:160
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Success color for symbolic icons"
msgstr "Cor de éxito para as iconas simbólicas"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:168
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Padding that should be put around icons in the tray"
2010-05-14 07:47:29 +00:00
msgstr "Separación que poñer ao redor das iconas na bandexa"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:177
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
msgid "Icon Size"
msgstr "Tamaño da icona"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:178
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
msgid "The pixel size that icons should be forced to, or zero"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
msgstr "O tamaño do píxel ao que se deben forzar as iconas, ou cero"
2011-04-30 21:52:35 +00:00
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:290
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "TreeMenu model"
msgstr "Modelo TreeMenu"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:291
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The model for the tree menu"
msgstr "O modelo para o menú en árbore"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:313
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "TreeMenu root row"
msgstr "Fila da raíz do TreeMenu"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:314
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "The TreeMenu will display children of the specified root"
2011-01-09 15:42:40 +00:00
msgstr "O TreeMenu mostrará os fillos nunha raíz especificada"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:347
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Tearoff"
2011-02-05 23:26:36 +00:00
msgstr "Tirador"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:348
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether the menu has a tearoff item"
msgstr "Indica se o menú ten un elemento"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:364
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Wrap Width"
2011-01-14 15:49:43 +00:00
msgstr "Axustar largura"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemenu.c:365
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Wrap width for laying out items in a grid"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Axustar a largura para distribuír os elementos nunha grella"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:489
msgid "TreeModelSort Model"
msgstr "Modelo TreeModelSort"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:490
msgid "The model for the TreeModelSort to sort"
msgstr "O modelo para o TreeModelSort que ordenar"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:993
msgid "TreeView Model"
msgstr "Modelo TreeView"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:994
msgid "The model for the tree view"
msgstr "O modelo para a visualización en árbore"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1006
msgid "Headers Visible"
msgstr "Cabeceiras visíbeis"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1007
msgid "Show the column header buttons"
msgstr "Mostrar botóns nas cabeceiras de columna"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1014
msgid "Headers Clickable"
msgstr "Cabeceiras premíbeis"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1015
msgid "Column headers respond to click events"
msgstr "As cabeceiras de columna responden aos eventos de clic"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1022
msgid "Expander Column"
msgstr "Columna expansora"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1023
msgid "Set the column for the expander column"
msgstr "Estabelecer a columna para a columna expansora"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1038
msgid "Rules Hint"
msgstr "Suxestión das regras"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1039
msgid "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors"
msgstr ""
"Define unha suxestión para o motor de tema para debuxar as filas con cores "
"alternas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1046
msgid "Enable Search"
msgstr "Activar a busca"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1047
msgid "View allows user to search through columns interactively"
msgstr ""
"A visualización permite aos usuarios buscar de modo interactivo a través das "
"columnas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1054
msgid "Search Column"
msgstr "Columna de busca"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1055
msgid "Model column to search through during interactive search"
msgstr "A columna de modelo na que buscar durante a busca interactiva"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1075
msgid "Fixed Height Mode"
msgstr "Modo de altura fixa"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1076
msgid "Speeds up GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height"
msgstr "Acelera GtkTreeView asumindo que todas as filas teñen a mesma altura"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1096
msgid "Hover Selection"
msgstr "Seleccionar ao pasar por encima"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1097
msgid "Whether the selection should follow the pointer"
msgstr "Indica se a selección debería seguir o punteiro"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1116
msgid "Hover Expand"
msgstr "Expandir ao pasar por encima"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1117
msgid ""
"Whether rows should be expanded/collapsed when the pointer moves over them"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as filas deben expandirse ou contraerse cando se move o punteiro "
"sobre elas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1131
msgid "Show Expanders"
msgstr "Mostrar expansores"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1132
msgid "View has expanders"
msgstr "A visualización ten expansores"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1146
msgid "Level Indentation"
msgstr "Nivel de sangría"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1147
msgid "Extra indentation for each level"
msgstr "Sangría adicional para cada nivel"
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1156
msgid "Rubber Banding"
msgstr "Tiras de goma"
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1157
msgid ""
"Whether to enable selection of multiple items by dragging the mouse pointer"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se activa a selección de múltiples elementos arrastrando o "
"punteiro do rato"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1164
msgid "Enable Grid Lines"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Activar as liñas da grella"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1165
msgid "Whether grid lines should be drawn in the tree view"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"Indica se as liñas da grella se deben debuxar na visualización en árbore"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1173
msgid "Enable Tree Lines"
msgstr "Activar as liñas da árbore"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1174
msgid "Whether tree lines should be drawn in the tree view"
msgstr "Indica se se deben debuxar as liñas na visualización en árbore"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1182
msgid "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the rows"
msgstr "A columna do modelo que contén os textos de indicación para as filas"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1204
msgid "Vertical Separator Width"
msgstr "Largura do separador vertical"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1205
msgid "Vertical space between cells. Must be an even number"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgstr "Espazo vertical entre celas. Debe ser un número par"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1213
msgid "Horizontal Separator Width"
msgstr "Largura do separador horizontal"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1214
msgid "Horizontal space between cells. Must be an even number"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgstr "Espazo horizontal entre celas. Debe ser un número par"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1222
msgid "Allow Rules"
msgstr "Permitir regras"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1223
msgid "Allow drawing of alternating color rows"
msgstr "Permitir debuxar filas con cores alternas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1229
msgid "Indent Expanders"
msgstr "Sangrar os expansores"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1230
msgid "Make the expanders indented"
msgstr "Crear os expansores sangrados"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1236
msgid "Even Row Color"
msgstr "Cor da fila par"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1237
msgid "Color to use for even rows"
msgstr "Cor que usar para as filas pares"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1243
msgid "Odd Row Color"
msgstr "Cor da fila impar"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1244
msgid "Color to use for odd rows"
msgstr "Cor que usar para as filas impares"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1250
msgid "Grid line width"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Largura da liña da grella"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1251
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the tree view grid lines"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Largura, en píxeles, das liñas da grella da visualización en árbore"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1257
msgid "Tree line width"
msgstr "Largura da liña da árbore"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1258
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the tree view lines"
msgstr "Largura en píxeles das liñas da visualización en árbore"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1264
msgid "Grid line pattern"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Patrón da liña da grella"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1265
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view grid lines"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"Patrón de trazos usado para debuxar as liñas da grella da visualización en "
"árbore"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1271
msgid "Tree line pattern"
msgstr "Patrón da liña da árbore"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1272
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view lines"
msgstr ""
"Patrón de trazos usado para debuxar as liñas da visualización en árbore"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:248
msgid "Whether to display the column"
msgstr "Indica se se mostra a columna"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:255 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:651
msgid "Resizable"
msgstr "Redimensionábel"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:256
msgid "Column is user-resizable"
msgstr "O usuario pode redimensionar a columna"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:264
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
msgid "Current X position of the column"
msgstr "Posición X actual da columna"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:274
msgid "Current width of the column"
msgstr "Largura actual da columna"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:291
msgid "Sizing"
msgstr "Dimensionamento"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:292
msgid "Resize mode of the column"
msgstr "Modo de redimensionamento da columna"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:300
msgid "Fixed Width"
msgstr "Largura fixa"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:301
msgid "Current fixed width of the column"
msgstr "Largura fixa actual da columna"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:311
msgid "Minimum allowed width of the column"
msgstr "Largura mínima permitida da columna"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:320
msgid "Maximum Width"
msgstr "Largura máxima"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:321
msgid "Maximum allowed width of the column"
msgstr "Largura máxima permitida da columna"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:331
msgid "Title to appear in column header"
msgstr "Título que aparecerá na cabeceira da columna"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:339
msgid "Column gets share of extra width allocated to the widget"
msgstr "A columna obtén unha parte da largura adicional asignada ao widget"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:346
msgid "Clickable"
msgstr "Premíbel"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:347
msgid "Whether the header can be clicked"
msgstr "Indica se a cabeceira se pode premer"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:356
msgid "Widget to put in column header button instead of column title"
msgstr ""
"O widget para colocar no botón da cabeceira da columna en vez do título da "
"columna"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:364
msgid "X Alignment of the column header text or widget"
msgstr "Aliñamento X do texto da cabeceira da columna ou do widget"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:374
msgid "Whether the column can be reordered around the headers"
msgstr "Indica se a columna se pode reordenar ao redor das cabeceiras"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:381
msgid "Sort indicator"
msgstr "Indicador de ordenación"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:382
msgid "Whether to show a sort indicator"
msgstr "Indica se se mostra un indicador de ordenación"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:389
msgid "Sort order"
msgstr "Orde de clasificación"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:390
msgid "Sort direction the sort indicator should indicate"
msgstr "Dirección de ordenación que o indicador deberá mostrar"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:406
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Sort column ID"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "ID de columna de ordenación"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:407
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Logical sort column ID this column sorts on when selected for sorting"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
"O ID de columna de ordenación lóxica ordena esta columna cando é "
"seleccionada para ordenar"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:488
msgid "Whether tearoff menu items should be added to menus"
msgstr "Indica se se deben engadir elementos de menú despregábel aos menús"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:495
msgid "Merged UI definition"
msgstr "Definición de IU combinado"
2012-05-05 13:18:26 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:496
msgid "An XML string describing the merged UI"
msgstr "Unha cadea XML que describe o IU combinado"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:156
msgid "Determines how the shadowed box around the viewport is drawn"
msgstr ""
"Determina como se debuxa a caixa sombreada ao redor da área de visualización"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:155
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Use symbolic icons"
msgstr "Usar iconas simbólicas"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:156
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether to use symbolic icons"
msgstr "Indica se usar iconas simbólicas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:984
msgid "Widget name"
msgstr "Nome do widget"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:985
msgid "The name of the widget"
msgstr "O nome do widget"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:992
msgid "The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"
msgstr "O widget pai deste widget. Debe ser un widget contedor"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:999
msgid "Width request"
msgstr "Solicitude de largura"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1000
msgid ""
"Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be "
"used"
msgstr ""
"Sobrepor a solicitude de largura do widget ou -1 se se debe empregar a "
"solicitude normal"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1008
msgid "Height request"
msgstr "Solicitude de altura"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1009
msgid ""
"Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should "
"be used"
msgstr ""
"Sobrepor a solicitude de altura do widget ou -1 se se debe empregar a "
"solicitude normal"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1018
msgid "Whether the widget is visible"
msgstr "Indica se o widget é visíbel"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1025
msgid "Whether the widget responds to input"
msgstr "Indica se o widget responde á entrada de datos"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1031
msgid "Application paintable"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Aplicativo pintábel"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1032
msgid "Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o aplicativo pintará directamente sobre o widget"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1038
msgid "Can focus"
msgstr "Pode enfocar"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1039
msgid "Whether the widget can accept the input focus"
msgstr "Indica se o widget pode aceptar o foco de entrada"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1045
msgid "Has focus"
msgstr "Ten foco"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1046
msgid "Whether the widget has the input focus"
msgstr "Indica se o widget ten o foco de entrada"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1052
msgid "Is focus"
msgstr "É o foco"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1053
msgid "Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"
msgstr "Indica se o widget é o widget co foco, dentro do nivel superior"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1059
msgid "Can default"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Pode ser o predeterminado"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1060
msgid "Whether the widget can be the default widget"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o widget pode ser o widget predeterminado"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1066
msgid "Has default"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "É o predeterminado"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1067
msgid "Whether the widget is the default widget"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o widget é o widget predeterminado"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1073
msgid "Receives default"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Recibe o predeterminado"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1074
msgid "If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Se é TRUE, o widget recibirá a acción predeterminada cando estea enfocado"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1080
msgid "Composite child"
msgstr "Fillo composto"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1081
msgid "Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"
msgstr "Indica se o widget é parte dun widget composto"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1087
msgid "Style"
msgstr "Estilo"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1088
msgid ""
"The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look "
"(colors etc)"
msgstr ""
2010-12-05 13:57:08 +00:00
"O estilo do widget, que contén información sobre a aparencia (cores, etc)"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1094
msgid "Events"
msgstr "Eventos"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1095
msgid "The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"
msgstr ""
"A máscara de eventos que decide que tipo de GdkEvents recibe este widget"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1102
msgid "No show all"
msgstr "Non mostrar todo"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1103
msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"
msgstr "Indica se o gtk_widget_show_all() non debe afectar a este widget"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1126
msgid "Whether this widget has a tooltip"
msgstr "Indica se este widget ten unha indicación"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1183
msgid "The widget's window if it is realized"
msgstr "A xanela do widget, se se crea"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1197
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Double Buffered"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Con búfer dobre"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1198
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget is double buffered"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o widget conta ou non con búfer dobre"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1213
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "How to position in extra horizontal space"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "Como posicionar no espazo horizontal adicional"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1229
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "How to position in extra vertical space"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "Como posicionar no espazo vertical adicional"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1248
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Margin on Left"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Marxe á esquerda"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1249
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the left side"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Píxeles de espacio adicional na lado esquerda"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1269
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Margin on Right"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Marxe á dereita"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1270
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the right side"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Píxeles de espacio adicional na lado dereita"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1290
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Margin on Top"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Marxe superior"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1291
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the top side"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Píxeles de espacio adicional na lado superior"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1311
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Margin on Bottom"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Marxe inferior"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1312
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the bottom side"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Píxeles de espacio adicional na lado inferior"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1329
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "All Margins"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Todos os marxes"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1330
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of extra space on all four sides"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Píxeles de espacio adicional nos catro lados"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1363
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Expand"
msgstr "Expansión horizontal"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1364
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Whether widget wants more horizontal space"
msgstr "Indica se o widget quere usar máis espazo horizontal"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1378
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Expand Set"
msgstr "Axuste de expansión horizontal"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1379
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Whether to use the hexpand property"
msgstr "Indica se se debe usar a propiedade hexpand"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1393
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Expand"
msgstr "Expansión vertical"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1394
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Whether widget wants more vertical space"
msgstr "Indica se o widget quere usar máis espazo vertical"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Expand Set"
msgstr "Axuste de expansión vertical"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1409
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Whether to use the vexpand property"
msgstr "Indica se se debe usar a propiedade vexpand"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1423
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Expand Both"
msgstr "Expandir en ambas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Whether widget wants to expand in both directions"
msgstr "Indica se o widget quere expandirse en ámbalas dúas direccións"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3145
msgid "Interior Focus"
msgstr "Foco interior"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3146
msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"
msgstr "Indica se se debuxa o foco indicador dentro dos widgets"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3152
msgid "Focus linewidth"
msgstr "Enfocar a largura da liña"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3153
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"
msgstr "Largura en píxeles da liña indicadora do foco"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3159
msgid "Focus line dash pattern"
msgstr "Patrón de trazos da liña de foco"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3160
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"
msgstr "Patrón de trazos empregado para debuxar o indicador de foco"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3165
msgid "Focus padding"
msgstr "Recheo do foco"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3166
msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"
msgstr "Largura en píxeles entre o indicador de foco e a 'caixa' do widget"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3171
msgid "Cursor color"
msgstr "Cor do cursor"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3172
msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor"
msgstr "Cor coa que debuxar o cursor de inserción"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3177
msgid "Secondary cursor color"
msgstr "Cor secundaria do cursor"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3178
msgid ""
"Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed "
"right-to-left and left-to-right text"
msgstr ""
"Cor coa que debuxar o cursor de inserción secundario cando se edita unha "
"mestura de texto de dereita a esquerda e de esquerda a dereita"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3183
msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio"
msgstr "Proporción de aspecto da liña do cursor"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3184
msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"
msgstr "Proporción de aspecto coa que debuxar o cursor de inserción"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3190
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
msgid "Window dragging"
msgstr "Arrastre da xanela"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3191
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
msgid "Whether windows can be dragged by clicking on empty areas"
msgstr "Indica se as xanelas se poden arrastrar premendo nas áreas baleiras"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3204
msgid "Unvisited Link Color"
msgstr "Cor de ligazón non visitada"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3205
msgid "Color of unvisited links"
msgstr "Cor de ligazóns non visitadas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3218
msgid "Visited Link Color"
msgstr "Cor de ligazón visitada"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3219
msgid "Color of visited links"
msgstr "Cor de ligazóns visitadas"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3233
msgid "Wide Separators"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Separador longo"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3234
msgid ""
"Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a box "
"instead of a line"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os separadores teñen unha largura configurábel e se deberían "
"debuxarse usando unha caixa en vez dunha liña"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3248
msgid "Separator Width"
msgstr "Largura do separador"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3249
msgid "The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"
2010-12-05 13:57:08 +00:00
msgstr "A largura dos separadores se «wide-separators» é TRUE"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3263
msgid "Separator Height"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Altura dos separadores"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3264
msgid "The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"
2010-12-05 13:57:08 +00:00
msgstr "A altura dos separadores se «wide-separators» é TRUE"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3278
msgid "Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude da frecha de desprazamento horizontal"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3279
msgid "The length of horizontal scroll arrows"
msgstr "A lonxitude das frechas de desprazamento horizontal"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3293
msgid "Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude das frechas de desprazamento vertical"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3294
msgid "The length of vertical scroll arrows"
msgstr "A lonxitude das frechas de desprazamento vertical"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3300 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3301
msgid "Width of text selection handles"
msgstr "Anchura da selección de texto"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3306 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3307
msgid "Height of text selection handles"
msgstr "Altura da selección de texto"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:609
msgid "Window Type"
msgstr "Tipo de xanela"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:610
msgid "The type of the window"
msgstr "O tipo da xanela"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:618
msgid "Window Title"
msgstr "Título da xanela"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:619
msgid "The title of the window"
msgstr "O título da xanela"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:626
msgid "Window Role"
msgstr "Rol da xanela"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:627
msgid "Unique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session"
msgstr ""
"Identificador único para a xanela que se usará ao restaurar unha sesión"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:643
msgid "Startup ID"
msgstr "ID de inicio"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:644
msgid "Unique startup identifier for the window used by startup-notification"
msgstr ""
"Identificador único para a xanela que se usará para a notificación de inicio"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:652
msgid "If TRUE, users can resize the window"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, os usuarios poden redimensionar a xanela"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:659
msgid "Modal"
msgstr "Modal"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:660
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the window is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is "
"up)"
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"Se é TRUE, a xanela é modal (non é posíbel usar outras xanelas mentres esta "
"está encima)"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:667
msgid "Window Position"
msgstr "Posición da xanela"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:668
msgid "The initial position of the window"
msgstr "A posición inicial da xanela"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:676
msgid "Default Width"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Largura predeterminada"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:677
msgid "The default width of the window, used when initially showing the window"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"A largura predeterminada da xanela, usada cando se mostra inicialmente a "
"xanela"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:686
msgid "Default Height"
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
msgstr "Altura predeterminada"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:687
msgid ""
"The default height of the window, used when initially showing the window"
msgstr ""
2011-01-27 02:26:00 +00:00
"A altura predeterminada da xanela, usada cando se mostra inicialmente a "
"xanela"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:696
msgid "Destroy with Parent"
msgstr "Destruír co pai"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:697
msgid "If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed"
msgstr "Se esta xanela debería ser destruída cando se destrúe o pai"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:711
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Hide the titlebar during maximization"
msgstr "Ocultar a barra de título ao maximizar"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:712
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "If this window's titlebar should be hidden when the window is maximized"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a barra de título da xanela se debe ocultar cando a xanela está "
"maximizada"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:720
msgid "Icon for this window"
msgstr "Icona para esta xanela"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:738
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid "Mnemonics Visible"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Mnemónicos visíbeis"
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:739
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se os mnemónicos están visíbeis actualmente nesta xanela"
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:757
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
msgid "Focus Visible"
msgstr "Foco visíbel"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:758
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
msgid "Whether focus rectangles are currently visible in this window"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os rectángulos de foco están visíbeis actualmente nesta xanela"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:774
msgid "Name of the themed icon for this window"
msgstr "Nome da icona de tema para esta xanela"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:789
msgid "Is Active"
msgstr "Está activo"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:790
msgid "Whether the toplevel is the current active window"
msgstr "Indica se o nivel superior é a xanela activa actual"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:797
msgid "Focus in Toplevel"
msgstr "Foco no nivel superior"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:798
msgid "Whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow"
msgstr "Indica se o foco de entrada está dentro desta GtkWindow"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:805
msgid "Type hint"
msgstr "Suxestión de tipo"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:806
msgid ""
"Hint to help the desktop environment understand what kind of window this is "
"and how to treat it."
msgstr ""
2012-08-17 21:20:36 +00:00
"Suxestión para axudar ao ambiente de escritorio a entender que clase de "
"xanela é e como tratar con ela."
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:814
msgid "Skip taskbar"
msgstr "Omitir a barra de tarefas"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:815
msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the task bar."
msgstr "É TRUE se a xanela non debe estar na barra de tarefas."
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:822
msgid "Skip pager"
msgstr "Omitir o paxinador"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:823
msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the pager."
msgstr "É TRUE se a xanela non debe estar no paxinador."
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:830
msgid "Urgent"
msgstr "Urxente"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:831
msgid "TRUE if the window should be brought to the user's attention."
msgstr "É TRUE se a xanela debe chamar a atención do usuario."
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:845
msgid "Accept focus"
msgstr "Aceptar o foco"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:846
msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus."
msgstr "É TRUE se a xanela non debe recibir o foco de entrada."
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:860
msgid "Focus on map"
msgstr "Foco no mapa"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:861
msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus when mapped."
msgstr "É TRUE se a xanela debería recibir o foco de entrada cando se mapee."
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:875
msgid "Decorated"
msgstr "Decorado"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:876
msgid "Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager"
msgstr "Indica se o xestor de xanelas debe decorar a xanela"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:890
msgid "Deletable"
msgstr "Eliminábel"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:891
msgid "Whether the window frame should have a close button"
msgstr "Indica se o marco da xanela debería ter un botón de pechar"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:910
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgid "Resize grip"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "Tirador de redimensión"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:911
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgid "Specifies whether the window should have a resize grip"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se a xanela debe ter un tirador de redimensión"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:925
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgid "Resize grip is visible"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "O tirador de redimensión é visíbel"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:926
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgid "Specifies whether the window's resize grip is visible."
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o tirador de redimensión da xanela é visíbel."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:942
msgid "Gravity"
msgstr "Gravidade"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:943
msgid "The window gravity of the window"
msgstr "O tipo de gravidade da xanela"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:960
msgid "Transient for Window"
msgstr "Transición para a xanela"
2005-10-19 23:09:08 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:961
msgid "The transient parent of the dialog"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "O pai transicional do diálogo"
2005-10-19 23:09:08 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:981
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "Attached to Widget"
msgstr "Anexada ao widget"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:982
2012-01-14 23:43:07 +00:00
msgid "The widget where the window is attached"
msgstr "O widget ao que está anexada a xanela"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:997
msgid "Opacity for Window"
msgstr "Opacidade para a xanela"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:998
msgid "The opacity of the window, from 0 to 1"
msgstr "A opacidade da xanela; de 0 até 1"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1008 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1009
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgid "Width of resize grip"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "Anchura do tirador de redimensión"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1014 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1015
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgid "Height of resize grip"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "Altura do tirador de redimensión"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1037
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "GtkApplication"
msgstr "GtkApplication"
2012-12-24 20:55:07 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1038
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "The GtkApplication for the window"
msgstr "O GtkApplication para a xanela"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintercups.c:93
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
msgid "Color Profile Title"
msgstr "Título do perfil de cor"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#: ../modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintercups.c:94
2011-07-10 22:12:43 +00:00
msgid "The title of the color profile to use"
msgstr "O título do perfil de cor que usar"
2012-10-18 08:53:55 +00:00
#~ msgid "menu"
#~ msgstr "menú"
2012-07-30 00:32:03 +00:00
#~ msgid "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintDialog"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "TRUE se as caixas de combinación da configuración de páxina están "
#~ "incorporados no GtkPrintDialog"
#~ msgid "Specified type"
#~ msgstr "Tipo especificado"
#~ msgid "The type of values after parsing"
#~ msgstr "O tipo de valores despois e analizalos"
#~ msgid "Computed type"
#~ msgstr "Tipo calculado"
#~ msgid "The type of values after style lookup"
#~ msgstr "O tipo de despois de buscar o estilo"
2012-03-04 19:11:23 +00:00
#~ msgid "Event base"
#~ msgstr "Evento base"
#~ msgid "Event base for XInput events"
#~ msgstr "Evento base para os eventos XInput"
2011-08-16 11:31:28 +00:00
#~ msgid "Background rgba"
#~ msgstr "RGBA de fondo"
#~ msgid "Foreground rgba"
#~ msgstr "RGBA de primeiro plano"
#~ msgid "Paragraph background rgba"
#~ msgstr "RGBA de fondo do parágrafo"
2011-06-21 11:58:45 +00:00
#~ msgid "Not Authorized Text"
#~ msgstr "Texto non autorizado"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The text to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorization"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O texto que mostrar ao mostrar ao usuario que non foi posíbel obter unha "
#~ "autorización"
2011-05-09 11:08:53 +00:00
#~ msgid "Background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
#~ msgstr "Cor de fondo como unha (posibelmente non asignada) GdkColor"
#~ msgid "Foreground color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cor de primeiro plano como unha (posibelmente non asignada) GdkColor"
#~ msgid "Paragraph background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cor de fondo do parágrafo como unha GdkColor (posibelmente non asignada)"
2011-01-06 23:11:51 +00:00
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, "
#~ "it defaults to the URL"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A etiqueta para a ligazón ao sitio web do programa. Se non se define, "
#~ "usarase o URL predefinido"
#~ msgid "Tab pack type"
#~ msgstr "Tipo de empaquetado de separador"
#~ msgid "Update policy"
#~ msgstr "Política de actualización"
#~ msgid "How the range should be updated on the screen"
#~ msgstr "Como se debe actualizar o intervalo na pantalla"
#~ msgid "Number of steps"
#~ msgstr "Número de pasos"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of steps for the spinner to complete a full loop. The "
#~ "animation will complete a full cycle in one second by default (see "
#~ "#GtkSpinner:cycle-duration)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O número de pasos do spinner para completar o bucle. A animación "
#~ "completará un ciclo completo nun segundo de forma predefinida (vexa "
#~ "#GtkSpinner:cicyle-duration)."
#~ msgid "Animation duration"
#~ msgstr "Duración da animación"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The length of time in milliseconds for the spinner to complete a full loop"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O tempo en milisegundos para que o spinner complete un bucle completo"
#~ msgid "Extension events"
#~ msgstr "Eventos de extensión"
#~ msgid "The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A máscara que decide que clase de eventos de extensión consegue este "
#~ "widget"
2010-12-05 13:57:08 +00:00
# verificar: High= alta e low= baixa
#~ msgid "Lower"
#~ msgstr "Inferior"
#~ msgid "Lower limit of ruler"
#~ msgstr "Límite inferior da regra"
#~ msgid "Upper"
#~ msgstr "Superior"
#~ msgid "Upper limit of ruler"
#~ msgstr "Límite superior da regra"
#~ msgid "Position of mark on the ruler"
#~ msgstr "Posición da marca na regra"
#~ msgid "Max Size"
#~ msgstr "Tamaño máximo"
#~ msgid "Maximum size of the ruler"
#~ msgstr "Tamaño máximo da regra"
#~ msgid "Metric"
#~ msgstr "Métrica"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#~ msgid "Horizontal Adjustment for the widget"
#~ msgstr "Axuste horizontal para o widget"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#~ msgid "Vertical Adjustment for the widget"
#~ msgstr "Axuste vertical para o widget"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the horizontal position "
#~ "for this viewport"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O GtkAdjustment que determina os valores da posición horizontal para esta "
#~ "área de visualización"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the vertical position for "
#~ "this viewport"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O GtkAdjustment que determina os valores da posición vertical para esta "
#~ "área de visualización"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#~ msgid "Whether the statusbar has a grip for resizing the toplevel"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se a barra de estado ten un tirador para redimensionar o nivel "
#~ "superior"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
#~ msgid "Has separator"
#~ msgstr "Ten un separador"
#~ msgid "The dialog has a separator bar above its buttons"
#~ msgstr "A caixa de diálogo ten unha barra separadora sobre os seus botóns"
#~ msgid "State Hint"
#~ msgstr "Suxestión de estado"
#~ msgid "Whether to pass a proper state when drawing shadow or background"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se se pasa unha propiedade de estado cando se debuxe a sombra ou o "
#~ "fondo"
#~ msgid "Deprecated property, use shadow_type instead"
#~ msgstr "Propiedade anticuada; use shadow_type no seu lugar"
#~ msgid "Pixmap"
#~ msgstr "Mapa de píxeles"
#~ msgid "A GdkPixmap to display"
#~ msgstr "Un GdkPixmap para mostrar"
#~ msgid "Mask"
#~ msgstr "Máscara"
#~ msgid "Mask bitmap to use with GdkPixmap"
#~ msgstr "A máscara do mapa de bits que se vai usar con GdkPixmap"
#~ msgid "Use separator"
#~ msgstr "Usar un separador"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether to put a separator between the message dialog's text and the "
#~ "buttons"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se se pon un separador entre o texto do diálogo de mensaxe e os "
#~ "botóns"
#~ msgid "Draw slider ACTIVE during drag"
#~ msgstr "Debuxar control desprazábel ACTIVO durante o arrastre"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "With this option set to TRUE, sliders will be drawn ACTIVE and with "
#~ "shadow IN while they are dragged"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Con esta opción definida como TRUE, os controis desprazábeis debuxaranse "
#~ "como ACTIVOS e con sombra DENTRO ao arrastralos"
#~ msgid "Trough Side Details"
#~ msgstr "Detalles do lado do canal"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When TRUE, the parts of the trough on the two sides of the slider are "
#~ "drawn with different details"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cando é TRUE, as partes do canal nos dous lados do control desprazábel "
#~ "debúxanse con detalles diferentes"
#~ msgid "Stepper Position Details"
#~ msgstr "Detalles da posición da frecha"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When TRUE, the detail string for rendering the steppers is suffixed with "
#~ "position information"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cando sea TRUE, á cadea de detalles para debuxar as datas engádenselle un "
#~ "sufixo con información de posición"
#~ msgid "Blinking"
#~ msgstr "Intermitencia"
#~ msgid "Row Ending details"
#~ msgstr "Detalles de terminación de fila"
#~ msgid "Enable extended row background theming"
#~ msgstr "Activar o tema do fondo de estendido de fila"
2010-08-23 00:22:00 +00:00
#~ msgid "Draw Border"
#~ msgstr "Debuxar bordo"
#~ msgid "Size of areas outside the widget's allocation to draw"
#~ msgstr "Tamaño das áreas fóra da asignación do widget para debuxar"
2010-08-17 16:35:35 +00:00
#~ msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer"
#~ msgstr "o GdkScreen para o renderizador"
#~ msgid "A GdkImage to display"
#~ msgstr "Un GdkImage para mostrar"
#~ msgid "Background stipple mask"
#~ msgstr "Máscara de puntos do fondo"
#~ msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text background"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O mapa de bits que se vai usar como unha máscara cando se debuxe o fondo "
#~ "do texto"
#~ msgid "Foreground stipple mask"
#~ msgstr "Máscara de puntos de primeiro plano"
#~ msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text foreground"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O mapa de bits que usar como máscara ao debuxar o primeiro plano de texto"
#~ msgid "Background stipple set"
#~ msgstr "Definición da liña punteada de fondo"
#~ msgid "Whether this tag affects the background stipple"
#~ msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á liña punteada de fondo"
#~ msgid "Foreground stipple set"
#~ msgstr "Definición da liña punteada de primeiro plano"
#~ msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground stipple"
#~ msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á liña punteada de primeiro plano"
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
#~ msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton."
#~ msgstr "O axuste que mantén o valor do botón de axuste."
#~ msgid "Invisible char set"
#~ msgstr "Carácter invisíbel definido"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The maximum number of items to be returned by gtk_recent_manager_get_items"
#~ "()"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O número máximo de elementos que serán devoltos polo "
#~ "gtk_recent_manager_get_items()"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#~ msgid "Loop"
#~ msgstr "Facer bucle"
#~ msgid "Whether the animation should loop when it reaches the end"
#~ msgstr "Cando a animación debería recomezar ao acadar o fin"
#~ msgid "Number of Channels"
#~ msgstr "Número de canles"
#~ msgid "The number of samples per pixel"
#~ msgstr "O número de mostras por píxel"
#~ msgid "Colorspace"
#~ msgstr "Espazo de cor"
#~ msgid "The colorspace in which the samples are interpreted"
#~ msgstr "O espazo de cor en que se interpretan as mostras"
#~ msgid "Has Alpha"
#~ msgstr "Ten alfa"
#~ msgid "Whether the pixbuf has an alpha channel"
#~ msgstr "Indica se o pixbuf ten unha canle alfa"
#~ msgid "Bits per Sample"
#~ msgstr "Bits por mostra"
#~ msgid "The number of bits per sample"
#~ msgstr "O número de bits por mostra"
#~ msgid "The number of columns of the pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "O número de columnas do pixbuf"
#~ msgid "The number of rows of the pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "O número de filas do pixbuf"
#~ msgid "Rowstride"
#~ msgstr "Separación de filas"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of bytes between the start of a row and the start of the next "
#~ "row"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O número de bytes entre o inicio dunha fila e o inicio da fila seguinte"
#~ msgid "Pixels"
#~ msgstr "Píxeles"
#~ msgid "A pointer to the pixel data of the pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "Un punteiro para os datos de píxel do pixbuf"
#~ msgid "The GdkFont that is currently selected"
#~ msgstr "O GdkFont que está actualmente seleccionado"
#~ msgid "Allow Shrink"
#~ msgstr "Permitir redución"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If TRUE, the window has no mimimum size. Setting this to TRUE is 99% of "
#~ "the time a bad idea"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se é TRUE, a xanela non ten tamaño mínimo. Colocar este valor como TRUE é "
#~ "unha mala idea o 99% das veces"
#~ msgid "Allow Grow"
#~ msgstr "Permitir crecemento"
#~ msgid "If TRUE, users can expand the window beyond its minimum size"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se é TRUE, os usuarios poden expandir a xanela máis alá do seu tamaño "
#~ "mínimo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#~ msgid "Activity mode"
#~ msgstr "Modo de actividade"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If TRUE, the GtkProgress is in activity mode, meaning that it signals "
#~ "something is happening, but not how much of the activity is finished. "
#~ "This is used when you're doing something but don't know how long it will "
#~ "take."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se é TRUE, o GtkProgress está en modo de actividade, o que significa que "
#~ "indica que algo está pasando, mais non que parte da actividade está "
#~ "terminada. Isto úsase cando está facendo algo que non sabe canto tempo "
#~ "pode tardar."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#~ msgid "Enable arrow keys"
#~ msgstr "Activar as teclas de frecha"
#~ msgid "Whether the arrow keys move through the list of items"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se as teclas de frecha permiten moverse a través da lista de "
#~ "elementos"
#~ msgid "Always enable arrows"
#~ msgstr "Activar sempre as frechas"
#~ msgid "Obsolete property, ignored"
#~ msgstr "Propiedade obsoleta; ignorada"
#~ msgid "Case sensitive"
#~ msgstr "Diferenciar maiúsculas de minúsculas"
#~ msgid "Whether list item matching is case sensitive"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se a lista de elementos coincidentes diferencia maiúsculas de "
#~ "minúsculas"
#~ msgid "Allow empty"
#~ msgstr "Permitir baleiro"
#~ msgid "Whether an empty value may be entered in this field"
#~ msgstr "Indica se se pode introducir neste campo un valor baleiro"
#~ msgid "Value in list"
#~ msgstr "Valor da lista"
#~ msgid "Whether entered values must already be present in the list"
#~ msgstr "Indica se os valores introducidos deben estar xa presentes na lista"
#~ msgid "Is this curve linear, spline interpolated, or free-form"
#~ msgstr "Se esta curva é lineal, spline interpolada ou de forma libre"
#~ msgid "Minimum X"
#~ msgstr "X mínimo"
#~ msgid "Maximum X"
#~ msgstr "X máximo"
#~ msgid "Maximum possible X value"
#~ msgstr "Máximo valor posíbel para X"
#~ msgid "Minimum Y"
#~ msgstr "Y mínimo"
#~ msgid "Minimum possible value for Y"
#~ msgstr "Mínimo valor posíbel para Y"
#~ msgid "Maximum Y"
#~ msgstr "Y máximo"
#~ msgid "File System Backend"
#~ msgstr "Backend do sistema de ficheiros"
#~ msgid "Name of file system backend to use"
#~ msgstr "Nome do backend do sistema de ficheiros para usar"
#~ msgid "The currently selected filename"
#~ msgstr "O nome do ficheiro actualmente seleccionado"
#~ msgid "Show file operations"
#~ msgstr "Mostrar operacións de ficheiro"
#~ msgid "Whether buttons for creating/manipulating files should be displayed"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se se deben mostrar os botóns de creación ou manipulación de "
#~ "ficheiros"
#~ msgid "Tab Border"
#~ msgstr "Bordo de separador"
#~ msgid "Width of the border around the tab labels"
#~ msgstr "Largura do bordo ao redor das etiquetas de separador"
#~ msgid "Horizontal Tab Border"
#~ msgstr "Bordo horizontal de separador"
#~ msgid "Width of the horizontal border of tab labels"
#~ msgstr "Largura do bordo horizontal das etiquetas de separador"
#~ msgid "Vertical Tab Border"
#~ msgstr "Bordo vertical de separador"
#~ msgid "Width of the vertical border of tab labels"
#~ msgstr "Largura do bordo vertical das etiquetas de separador"
#~ msgid "Whether tabs should have homogeneous sizes"
#~ msgstr "Indica se os separadores deben ter tamaños homoxéneos"
#~ msgid "Group ID for tabs drag and drop"
#~ msgstr "ID de grupo para arrastrar e soltar os separadores"
#~ msgid "User Data"
#~ msgstr "Información de usuario"
#~ msgid "Anonymous User Data Pointer"
#~ msgstr "Punteiro de información de usuario anónimo"
#~ msgid "The menu of options"
#~ msgstr "O menú de opcións"
#~ msgid "Size of dropdown indicator"
#~ msgstr "Tamaño do indicador despregábel"
#~ msgid "Spacing around indicator"
#~ msgstr "Espazamento ao redor do indicador"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the preview widget should take up the entire space it is allocated"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se o widget de previsualización debe tomar o espazo enteiro onde "
#~ "está asignado"
#~ msgid "The GtkAdjustment connected to the progress bar (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr "O GtkAdjustment conectado á barra de progreso (obsoleto)"
#~ msgid "Bar style"
#~ msgstr "Estilo da barra"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies the visual style of the bar in percentage mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Especifica o estilo visual da barra no modo de porcentaxe (obsoleto)"
#~ msgid "Activity Step"
#~ msgstr "Paso de actividade"
#~ msgid "The increment used for each iteration in activity mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O incremento empregado en cada iteración no modo de actividade (obsoleto)"
#~ msgid "Activity Blocks"
#~ msgstr "Bloques de actividade"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of blocks which can fit in the progress bar area in activity "
#~ "mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A cantidade de bloques que poden encaixar na área da barra de progreso no "
#~ "modo de actividade (obsoleto)"
#~ msgid "Discrete Blocks"
#~ msgstr "Bloques diferenciados"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of discrete blocks in a progress bar (when shown in the "
#~ "discrete style)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O número de bloques diferenciados na barra de progreso (cando se mostra "
#~ "no estilo diferenciado)"
#~ msgid "Horizontal adjustment for the text widget"
#~ msgstr "Axuste horizontal para o widget de texto"
#~ msgid "Vertical adjustment for the text widget"
#~ msgstr "Axuste vertical para o widget de texto"
#~ msgid "Line Wrap"
#~ msgstr "Axuste de liña"
#~ msgid "Whether lines are wrapped at widget edges"
#~ msgstr "Indica se as liñas se axustan aos bordos do widget"
#~ msgid "Word Wrap"
#~ msgstr "Axuste de palabra"
#~ msgid "Whether words are wrapped at widget edges"
#~ msgstr "Indica se as palabras se axustan aos bordos do widget"
#~ msgid "Tooltips"
#~ msgstr "Indicacións"
#~ msgid "If the tooltips of the toolbar should be active or not"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se as indicacións da barra de ferramentas deben estar activadas ou non"